PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home –...

164
VOLUME #3 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME HISTORIC HOME – ADMINISTRATION BUILDING Nicholasville, Kentucky SCB 1672 October 17, 2016 OWNER The Methodist Home of Kentucky Versailles, Kentucky PRESIDENT – Randy Coy MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL / PLUMBING Andy Easley Engineering, Inc. 1133 West Mill Road, Suite 205 Evansville, IN 47710 812-424-2481 ARCHITECTURAL / STRUCTURAL / SITE SHERMAN CARTER BARNHART ARCHITECTS, PLLC 2405 Harrodsburg Road Lexington, KY 40504 859-224-1351 PROJECT MANUAL

Transcript of PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home –...

Page 1: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

VOLUME #3

KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME

HISTORIC HOME – ADMINISTRATION

BUILDING

Nicholasville, Kentucky

SCB 1672

October 17, 2016

OWNER

The Methodist Home of Kentucky

Versailles, Kentucky

PRESIDENT – Randy Coy

MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL / PLUMBING Andy Easley Engineering, Inc. 1133 West Mill Road, Suite 205 Evansville, IN 47710 812-424-2481

ARCHITECTURAL / STRUCTURAL / SITE SHERMAN CARTER BARNHART ARCHITECTS, PLLC 2405 Harrodsburg Road Lexington, KY 40504 859-224-1351

PROJECT MANUAL

Page 2: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

INDEX INDEX - 1 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME - HISTORIC HOME – ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PROJECT MANUAL INDEX

VOLUME 3

KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME

HISTORIC HOME – ADMINISTRATION BUILDING

1115 ASHGROVE ROAD

NICHOLASVILLE, KENTUCKY

SCB PROJECT NO. 1672

Unless noted otherwise, the following shall apply to all manufacturers listed herein. Subject to compliance with Contract Documents, manufacturers listed are approved as a manufacturer only. This does not imply that specific products supplied by such manufacturers have been reviewed and comply with requirements. It shall be the manufacturer's / contractor's responsibility to ensure that all requirements of the Contract Documents are met. The Architect shall not review individual items separately. All related submittals shall be submitted simultaneously.

DIVISION 22

220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 222300 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 222400 PLUMBING FIXTURES

DIVISION 23 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 230700 HVAC INSULATION 233113 METAL DUCTS 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233700 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 234100 PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 235413 HEAT PUMPS AND FURNACES 236313 AIR COOLED CONDENSERS

DIVISION 26

260500 WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 262400 SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING

Page 3: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

INDEX INDEX - 2 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME - HISTORIC HOME – ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

DIVISION 27 271000 STRUCTURED CABLING 272000 COMMUNICATIONS AND DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT

DIVISION 28 281350 LIGHTING MOTION SENSES

DIVISION 31 312000 EARTHWORK 312319 DEWATERING (DURING CONSTRUCTION) 313116 TERMITE CONTROL 315001 EXCAVATION SUPPORT

DIVISION 34 334600 SUBDRAINAGE END OF INDEX

Page 4: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 1 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 22 05 00 (15050) - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Piping materials and fittings.

2. Joining materials.

3. Dielectric fittings.

4. Mechanical sleeve seals.

5. Piping Specialties

6. Grouting

7. Piping Insulation.

8. Equipment Installation.

9. Concrete Bases.

10. Erection of Metal Supports.

11. Erection of Wood Supports

12. Cutting and Patching

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 - Project Management and Coordination

2. Division 1 - Cutting and Patching

3. Division 1 - Spare Parts and Materials

4. Division 1 - Training

5. Division 1 - Operating and Maintenance Data

6. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

7. Section 22 05 53 – Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Labeling and identifying plumbing systems and equipment.

8. Section 31 20 00 – Earth Moving

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels.

B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.

E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

Page 5: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 2 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:

1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.

2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.

3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01 Specification Sections:

1. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, plumbing sleeve seals, and identification materials and devices.

2. Coordination Drawings: Detail major elements, components, and systems of plumbing equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Show space requirements for installation and access. Indicate if sequence and coordination of installations are important to efficient flow of the Work. Include the following:

a. Planned piping layout, including valve and specialty locations and valve-stem movement.

b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation.

c. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, accessories, and specialties, including space for disassembly required for periodic maintenance.

d. Equipment and accessory service connections and support details.

e. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations.

f. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations.

g. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases.

h. Scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into building during construction.

i. Floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting plumbing and electrical services, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases.

1. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must meet design requirements. See drawings for equipment schedules and requirements.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

B. Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside.

C. Protect flanges, fittings, and piping specialties from moisture and dirt.

D. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.

Page 6: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 3 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Coordinate plumbing equipment installation with other building components.

B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for plumbing installations.

C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.

D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of plumbing materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring positioning before closing in building.

E. Coordinate connection of plumbing systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies.

F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if plumbing items requiring access are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Section 08 31 13 - "Access Doors and Frames."

G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

1.07 Posted Operating Instructions

A. Provide and post operating instructions for all plumbing systems.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Dielectric Unions:

a. Hart Industries, International, Inc.

b. Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

c. Zurn Plumbing Products Group of Jacuzzi Brands, Inc.

2. Dielectric Flanges:

a. Capitol Manufacturing Company, A member of The Phoenix Forge Group

b. Central Plastics Co.

c. Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

3. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits:

a. Central Plastics Co.

4. Dielectric Couplings:

a. Lochinvar Corp.

5. Dielectric Nipples:

a. Grinnell Mechanical Products, A Tyco International Company

b. Perfection Corporation

c. Victaulic Co. of America

6. Plumbing Sleeve Seals:

Page 7: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 4 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

a. Metraflex Inc.

b. PSI-Thunderline/Link-Seal

2.02 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS

A. Refer to individual Divisions 22 piping Sections for pipe and fitting materials and joining methods.

1. Section 22 11 16 - Domestic Water Piping.

2. Section 22 13 16 – Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping.

3. Section 23 11 23 – Facility Natural Gas Piping.

B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.

2.03 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.

1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness, unless thickness or specific material is indicated.

a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.

b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32.

1. Alloy Sn95 or Alloy Sn94: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent silver, with 0.10 percent lead content.

2. Alloy E: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent copper, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content.

3. Alloy HA: Tin-antimony-silver-copper zinc, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content.

4. Alloy HB: Tin-antimony-silver-copper nickel, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content.

5. Alloy Sb5: 95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony, with 0.20 percent maximum lead content.

F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8.

1. BCuP Series: Copper-phosphorus alloys.

2. BAg1: Silver alloy.

3. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.

G. Solvent Cements: Manufacturer's standard solvent cements for the following:

1. ABS Piping: ASTM D2235.

2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F493.

3. PVC Piping: ASTM D2564. Include primer according to ASTM F656.

Page 8: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 5 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D3138.

H. Plastic Pipe Seals: ASTM F477, elastomeric gasket.

I. Flanged, Ductile-Iron Pipe Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: AWWA C110, rubber gasket, carbon-steel bolts and nuts.

J. Couplings: Iron-body sleeve assembly, fabricated to match OD of plain-end, pressure pipes.

1. Sleeve: ASTM A126, Class B, gray iron.

2. Followers: ASTM A47 malleable iron or ASTM A536 ductile iron.

3. Gaskets: Rubber.

4. Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111.

5. Finish: Enamel paint.

2.04 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

A. General: Assembly or fitting with insulating material isolating joined dissimilar metals, to prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion.

1. Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, solder, plain, and weld-neck end types and matching piping system materials.

2. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

B. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F.

C. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

D. Dielectric-Flange Insulation Kits: Field-assembled, companion-flange assembly, full-face or ring type. Components include neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.

1. Provide separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts for 150-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and non-corrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

2.05 Plumbing Sleeves

A. Sleeves: The following materials are for wall, floor, slab, and roof penetrations:

1. Steel Sheet Metal: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness, galvanized, round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint.

2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

3. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral water stop, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.

a. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.

2.06 PLUMBING SLEEVE SEALS

A. Description: Modular design, with interlocking rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. Include connecting bolts and pressure plates.

Page 9: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 6 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

2.07 PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Escutcheons: Manufactured wall, ceiling, and floor plates; deep-pattern type if required to conceal protruding fittings and sleeves.

1. ID: Closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping.

2. OD: Completely cover opening.

3. Cast Brass: Split casting, with concealed hinge and set screw.

a. Finish: Polished chrome-plate.

4. Cast-Iron Floor Plate: One-piece casting.

B. Grout:

1. Non-shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B.

a. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout, non-staining, non-corrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.

b. Design Mix: 5000-psig, 28-day compressive strength.

c. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Install piping as described below, unless piping Sections specifies otherwise. Individual Division 22 piping Sections specifies unique piping installation requirements.

B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated, unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings as required by Division 01 Sections and as outlined in Part 1 of this section.

C. Install piping at indicated slope.

D. Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

E. Install piping in concealed interior and exterior locations, except in equipment rooms and service areas.

F. Install piping free of sags and bends.

G. Install exposed interior and exterior piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited, unless otherwise indicated.

H. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other building elements. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal.

I. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation.

J. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing.

K. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

L. Install couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions.

M. Install pipe escutcheons for pipe penetrations of concrete and masonry walls, wall board partitions, and suspended ceilings according to the following:

Page 10: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 7 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

1. Chrome-Plated Piping: Cast brass, one piece, with set screw, and polished chrome-plated finish.

2. Uninsulated Piping Wall Escutcheons: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set screw.

3. Uninsulated Piping Floor Plates in Utility Areas: Cast-iron floor plates.

4. Insulated Piping: Cast brass with concealed hinge, set screws, and chrome-plated finish.

5. Piping in Utility Areas: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set-screw or spring clips.

N. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, and concrete floor and roof slabs.

1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of plumbing equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping rings where required.

2. Build sleeves into walls and slabs as work progresses.

3. Install sleeves large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:

a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than 6-inch NPS (DN150).

b. Steel, Sheet-Metal Sleeves: For pipes 6-inch NPS (DN150) and larger, penetrating gypsum-board partitions.

4. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.

a. Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with non-shrink, nonmetallic grout.

5. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using elastomeric joint sealant. Refer to Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" for materials.

6. Use Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O, neutral-curing silicone sealant, unless otherwise indicated.

O. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and plumbing sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing plumbing sleeve seals.

1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.

2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches in diameter and larger.

3. Assemble and install plumbing sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

P. Underground, Exterior-Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using plumbing sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing plumbing sleeve seals.

1. Assemble and install plumbing sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

Page 11: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 8 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

Q. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire stopping materials. Refer to Section 07 84 00 - "Firestopping" for materials.

R. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

S. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.

T. Piping Joint Construction: Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in individual piping specification Sections:

1. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

2. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

3. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to CDA’s "Copper Tube Handbook."

4. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS’s "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe and Tube."

5. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

a. Note internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint.

b. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads, unless dry seal threading is specified.

c. Align threads at point of assembly.

d. Tighten joint with wrench. Apply wrench to valve end into which pipe is being threaded.

e. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

6. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, "Recommended Practices and Procedures for Welding Low Carbon Steel Pipe," using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article.

7. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench.

8. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join pipe and fittings according to the following:

a. Comply with ASTM F402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements.

b. CPVC Piping: ASTM D2846 and ASTM F493.

c. PVC Pressure Piping: ASTM D2672.

d. PVC Non-pressure Piping: ASTM D2855.

9. Plastic Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D2657 procedures and manufacturer's written instructions.

Page 12: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 9 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

a. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.

b. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.

U. Piping Connections: Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Install unions, in piping 2-inch NPS (DN50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment with 2-inch NPS (DN50) or smaller threaded pipe connection.

2. Install flanges, in piping 2-1/2-inch NPS (DN65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment with flanged pipe connection.

3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

3.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights is not indicated.

B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Owner’s Representative.

C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.

E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope as specified in other Division 22 sections.

F. Clearance from Electrical Equipment: Piping is prohibited in electric rooms and closets, elevator machine rooms and installation over transformers, switchboards and motor control centers.

3.03 CONCRETE BASES

A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's setting templates for anchor bolt and tie locations. Use 3000-psig 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Section 03 30 00 - "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

3.04 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE

A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor plumbing materials and equipment.

B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

C. Prime and paint all metal supports per Section 09 90 00 requirements.

3.05 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE

A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorage to support and anchor plumbing materials and equipment.

B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members.

C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.

Page 13: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 10 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for plumbing installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved.

B. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.

C. Refer to Division 01 Sections for additional requirements.

3.07 GROUTING

A. Install nonmetallic, non-shrink, grout for plumbing equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Mix grout according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.

D. Avoid air entrapment during placing of grout.

E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.

F. Place grout on concrete bases to provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.

G. Place grout around anchors.

H. Cure placed grout according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION

Page 14: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 22 05 23 (15110) - GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Valves.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 22 05 53 (15075) – Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: For valve tags and charts.

2. Division 22 Plumbing Piping System Sections: Special purpose valves

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data for each valve type. Include body material, valve design, pressure and temperature classification, end connection details, seating materials, trim material and arrangement, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. Include list indicating valve and its application.

2. Maintenance data for valves to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 01. Include detailed manufacturer's instructions on adjusting, servicing, disassembling, and repairing.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Single-Source Responsibility: Comply with the requirements specified in Division 01. Provide all valves of the same manufacturer where possible.

1. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping and ASME B31.1 for power piping.

B. MSS Compliance: Comply with the various MSS Standard Practice documents referenced.

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:

1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.

2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.

3. Set globe and gate valves closed to prevent rattling.

4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.

5. Block check valves in either closed or open position.

B. Use the following precautions during storage:

1. Maintain valve end protection.

2. Store indoors and maintain valve temperature higher than ambient dew-point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.

C. Use a sling to handle large valves. Rig to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels and stems as lifting or rigging points.

Page 15: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Ball Valves:

a. Hammond Valve Corporation

b. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc.

c. NIBCO Inc.

2. Check Valves:

a. Hammond Valve Corporation

b. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc.

c. NIBCO Inc.

2.02 GENERAL

A. Design: Rising stem or rising outside screw and yoke stems, except as specified below.

1. Nonrising stem valves may be used only where headroom prevents full extension of rising stems.

B. Pressure and Temperature Ratings: As indicated in the "Application Schedule" of Part 3 of this Section and as required to suit system pressures and temperatures.

C. Sizes: Same size as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Operators: Use specified operators and handwheels, except provide the following special operator features:

1. Handwheels: For valves other than quarter turn.

2. Lever Handles: For quarter-turn valves 6 inches (DN150) and smaller, except for plug valves, which shall have square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for every 10 plug valves.

E. Extended Stems: Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended stems arranged to receive insulation.

F. Bypass and Drain Connections: Comply with MSS SP-45 bypass and drain connections.

G. Threads: ASME B1.20.1.

H. Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast iron, ASME B16.5 for steel, and ASME B16.24 for bronze valves.

I. Solder Joint: ASME B16.18.

1. Caution: Where soldered end connections are used, use solder having a melting point below 840 deg F for gate, globe, and check valves; below 421 deg F for ball valves.

2.03 BALL VALVES

A. Ball Valves, 4 Inches (DN100) and Smaller: MSS SP-110, Class 150, 600-psi CWP, ASTM B584 bronze body and bonnet, 2-piece construction; chrome-plated brass ball, standard port for 1/2-inch (DN15) valves and smaller and conventional port for 3/4-inch (DN20) valves and larger; blowout proof; bronze or brass stem; Teflon seats and seals; threaded or soldered end connections:

1. Operator: Vinyl-covered steel lever handle.

2. Stem Extension: For valves installed in insulated piping.

3. Memory Stop: For operator handles (balancing valves).

Page 16: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of valves. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling.

C. Operate valves from fully open to fully closed positions. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operation.

D. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.

E. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper size, material composition suitable for service, and freedom from defects and damage.

F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install valves as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

C. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow servicing, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.

D. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

E. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the center of the pipe and in a position to allow full stem movement.

F. Shutoff Valves: Install ball shutoff valve on each water supply to equipment, on each supply to plumbing fixtures without supply stops, and where indicated.

G. Drain Valves: Install drain valves for equipment, at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping.

1. Install hose-end drain valves with cap and chain at low points in water mains, risers, and branches.

2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated.

3.03 SOLDERED CONNECTIONS

A. Cut tube square and to exact lengths.

B. Clean end of tube to depth of valve socket with steel wool, sand cloth, or a steel wire brush to a bright finish. Clean valve socket.

C. Apply proper soldering flux in an even coat to inside of valve socket and outside of tube.

D. Open gate and globe valves to fully open position.

E. Remove the cap and disc holder of swing check valves having composition discs.

F. Insert tube into valve socket, making sure the end rests against the shoulder inside valve. Rotate tube or valve slightly to ensure even distribution of the flux.

G. Apply heat evenly to outside of valve around joint until solder melts on contact. Feed solder until it completely fills the joint around tube. Avoid hot spots or overheating valve. Once the solder starts cooling, remove excess amounts around the joint with a cloth or brush.

Page 17: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.04 THREADED CONNECTIONS

A. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends and proximity of valve internal seat or wall to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve.

B. Align threads at point of assembly.

C. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads, except where dry seal threading is specified.

D. Assemble joint, wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded.

3.05 FLANGED CONNECTIONS

A. Align flange surfaces parallel.

B. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly with a torque wrench.

C. For dead-end service, butterfly valves require flanges both upstream and downstream for proper shutoff and retention.

3.06 VALVE END SELECTION

A. Select valves with the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections:

1. Copper Tube Size, 2-1/2 Inches (DN65) and Smaller: Solder ends.

2. Steel Pipe Sizes, 2-1/2 Inches (DN65) and Smaller: Threaded or grooved end.

3. Steel Pipe Sizes, 3 Inches (DN80) and Larger: Grooved end or flanged.

3.07 APPLICATION SCHEDULE

A. General Application: Use ball valves for shutoff duty; globe and ball for throttling duty. Refer to piping system Specification Sections for specific valve applications and arrangements.

B. Domestic Water Systems: Use the following valve types:

1. Ball Valves: Class 150, 600-psi CWP, with stem extension.

3.08 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust or replace packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if leak persists.

END OF SECTION

Page 18: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBINB PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 22 05 29 (15060) - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing System Piping and Equipment.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 05 50 00 (05500) - Metal Fabrications

2. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting

3. Section 21 10 00 (13900) - Fire Suppression Systems

4. Section 22 05 48 (15070) – Vibration and Seismic Control for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry.

B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data:

a. For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component, and thermal-hanger shield insert indicated.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Engineering Responsibility: Where required by the local authority having jurisdiction design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe support, trapeze, and seismic restraint by a qualified professional engineer.

1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components:

a. Cooper B-Line, Inc.

b. Grinnell Mechanical Products, A Tyco International Company

c. National Pipe Hanger Corporation

2. Channel Support Systems:

a. Cooper B-Line, Inc.

b. Grinnell Mechanical Products, A Tyco International Company

Page 19: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBINB PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

c. National Pipe Hanger Corporation

3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:

a. Carpenter & Patterson, Inc.

b. Erico (Michigan Hanger)

c. PHS Industries, Inc.

4. Powder-Actuated and Mechanical Anchor Fastener Systems:

a. Gunnebo Fastening Corp.

b. Hilti, Inc.

c. ITW Ramset/Red Head

2.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components:

1. MSS SP-58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to "Hanger and Support Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types.

a. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish.

b. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

B. Channel Support Systems:

1. MFMA-2, factory-fabricated components for field assembly.

2. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish.

3. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:

1. 100-psi minimum compressive-strength insulation, encased in sheet metal shield.

2. Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C552, Type I cellular glass.

3. Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C552, Type I cellular glass.

4. For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe.

5. For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.

6. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature.

2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drive-pin attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

B. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized.

D. Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B, factory-mixed and -packaged, non-shrink and nonmetallic, dry, hydraulic-cement grout.

1. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and exterior applications.

2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.

Page 20: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBINB PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS

A. Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and systems.

B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Specification Sections.

C. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.

2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required.

3. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.

4. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.

5. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.

6. Adjustable Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2.

7. Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8.

8. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange.

D. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN20 to DN500).

E. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.

F. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape.

2. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles.

3. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large.

4. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.

5. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:

a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.

Page 21: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBINB PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.

G. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation.

3.02 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure.

B. Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled channel systems.

1. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Install building attachments to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping.

D. Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.

E. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories.

G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.

H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not exceeded.

J. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:

1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.

a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation.

b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.

c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9.

2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span arc of 180 degrees.

4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:

a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN8 to DN90): 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.

Page 22: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBINB PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

b. NPS 4 (DN100): 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.

5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.

3.03 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support equipment above floor.

B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface.

C. Prime and Paint Equipment Supports as specified in Section 09 90 00 “Painting”.

3.04 METAL FABRICATION

A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and equipment supports.

B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations.

C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

3.05 ADJUSTING

A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments, to level equipment, and to achieve indicated slope of pipe.

3.06 PAINTING

A. Touching Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 09 90 00 “Painting”.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.

END OF SECTION

Page 23: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 22 11 16 (15140) - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Pipe and Tube Materials.

2. Fittings.

3. Joining Materials.

4. Polyethylene Encasement.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 22 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for Plumbing

2. Section 22 05 29 (15060) - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

3. Section 22 05 23 (15110) – General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping

4. Section 22 10 03 (15430) - Plumbing Specialties

5. Section 31 20 00 (02300) - Earthwork

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Water Service Piping: Water piping outside building that conveys water to building (by Site Subcontractor).

B. Service Entrance Piping: Water piping at entry into building between water service piping and water distribution piping (by Plumbing Subcontractor, beginning at 5’-0” outside of building).

C. Water Distribution Piping: Water piping inside building that conveys water to fixtures and equipment throughout the building.

1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Combined Fire-Protection and Domestic, Service Entrance Piping: 250 psig (provide only where permitted by the authority having jurisdiction).

2. Service Entrance Piping: 160 psig.

3. Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data: Water Samples, Test Results, and Reports: Specified in "Field Quality Control" and "Cleaning" articles.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made to specified standards.

B. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation.

C. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," Sections 1 through 9 for potable-water piping and components.

Page 24: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS

A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.

B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper.

C. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Types L, water tube, drawn temper.

D. Ipex tubing ASTM 1282, CSA B137.9

1. Fittings: IPEX Crimp fittings, ASTM F1281 ASTM F1282, CSA B137.9 B137.10 listed for use with IPEX piping.

2. Manifolds: Provide copper manifolds listed for use with IPEX piping and meeting ASTM F1281 ASTM F1282, CSA B137.9 B137.10

2.02 COPPER PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS

A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube fitting materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.

B. Copper, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18 cast-copper alloy or ASME B16.22 wrought copper.

C. Copper, Grooved-End Fittings: ASTM B75 copper tube or ASTM B584 bronze castings.

D. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping.

E. Copper Unions: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-socket joint, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint, threaded, or solder-joint and threaded ends. Include threads conforming to ASME B1.20.1 on threaded ends.

2.03 JOINING MATERIALS

A. General: Applications of the following piping joining materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.

B. Refer to Section 22 05 00 - "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for commonly used joining materials.

C. Solder: ASTM B32, Alloy Sn95, Sn94, or E; lead free.

D. Brazing Filler Metal: AWS A5.8, BCuP, copper phosphorus or BAg, silver classification.

E. Copper, Keyed Couplings: Copper-tube dimensions and design similar to AWWA C606. Include ferrous housing sections, gasket suitable for hot water, and bolts and nuts.

F. Transition Couplings: Coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to, and with ends compatible with piping to be joined.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXCAVATION

A. Refer to Section 31 20 00 - "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

3.02 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Fitting Option: Mechanically formed tee-branch outlets and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing.

Page 25: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

D. Underground, Service Entrance Piping: Do not use flanges or valves underground. Use the following:

1. 2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: Soft copper tube, Type K (Type A); copper, solder-joint pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

E. Aboveground, Water Distribution Piping: Use the following:

1. PEX piping with crimp fittings as listed above. Locate manifolds in accessible areas. If located in chases, access doors shall be provided.

F. Underground, Water Distribution Piping: Do not use flanges or valves underground. Use the following:

1. PEX piping with crimp fittings as listed above.

3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Refer to Section 22 05 00 - "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping installation.

3.04 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Install piping with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain.

3.05 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Support PEX piping and tubing according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions.

3.06 CONNECTIONS

A. Connect service entrance piping to exterior water service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

B. Connect water distribution piping to service entrance piping at shutoff valve, and extend to and connect to the following:

1. Water Heaters: Connect cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections.

2. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect hot- and cold-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Section 22 40 00 - "Plumbing Fixtures."

3. Equipment: Connect hot- and cold-water supply piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect service entrance piping and water distribution piping as follows:

1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.

a. Roughing-In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.

b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

Page 26: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

B. Test service entrance piping and water distribution piping as follows:

1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.

2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced water piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved.

3. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for 4 hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.

4. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.

5. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

3.08 CLEANING

A. Clean and disinfect service entrance piping and water distribution piping as follows:

1. Purge new piping and parts of existing water piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using.

2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed, procedure described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below:

a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets.

b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:

1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.

2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours.

c. Flush system with clean, potable water until chlorine is no longer in water coming from system after the standing time.

d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination shows contamination.

B. Prepare and submit reports for purging and disinfecting activities.

C. Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

3.09 COMMISSIONING

A. Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water.

B. Perform the following steps before putting into operation:

1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.

2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position.

3. Open throttling valves to proper setting.

4. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary sealing of piping during installation.

5. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.

Page 27: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

6. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and that cartridges are clean and ready for use.

C. Check plumbing equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. Do not operate water heaters before filling with water.

D. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.

1. Water-Pressure Regulators: Set outlet pressure at 80 psig maximum, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Energize pumps and verify proper operation.

END OF SECTION

Page 28: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 22 13 16 (15150) - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Pipe Materials.

2. Fittings.

3. Joining Materials.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: for fire-barrier sealers.

2. Section 08 31 00 (08310) - Access Doors: for access panels to concealed components.

3. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting: for field-applied finishes for piping.

4. Section 11 31 00 (11450) -Residential Appliances: for drainage and vent services for clothes washers.

5. Section 22 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for Plumbing

6. Section 22 05 29 (15060) - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

7. Section 22 05 53 (15075) – Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.

8. Section 22 07 00 (15083) - Plumbing Insulation.

9. Section 22 30 00 (15430) - Plumbing Equipment.

10. Section 22 40 00 (15410) - Plumbing Fixtures.

11. Section 31 20 00 (02300) – Earth Moving: for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

12. Section 33 00 00 (02500) - Utilities

13. Section 33 46 00 (02620) - Subdrainage

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Sewerage Piping: Building sewer piping outside building that conveys sanitary sewage from building (by Site Contractor).

B. Drainage Piping: Building sewer piping outside building that conveys storm drainage from building (by Plumbing Contractor, beginning at 5’-0” outside of building.)

C. Service Entrance Piping: Drainage piping at entry into building between outside building sewer piping and inside drainage piping (by Site Contractor).

D. Drainage and Vent Piping: Piping inside building that conveys waste water and vapors from fixtures and equipment throughout the building.

E. Force-Main Piping: Drainage piping, under pressure (where required due to local conditions).

F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic and other piping materials:

1. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.

1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Systems: 10-foot head of water.

2. Storm Drainage Systems: 10-foot head of water.

Page 29: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3. Sewage, Force-Main Piping Systems: 100 psig (only where required due to local conditions).

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in project.

B. Test Results and Reports: Specified in "Field Quality Control" Article.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made to specified standards.

B. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation.

C. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping; "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping; "NSF-tubular" for plastic continuous waste piping; and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPE MATERIALS

A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.

B. PVC Piping

1. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665, solid-wall drain, waste, and vent.

a. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2665, made to ASTM D3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns.

2. Cellular-Core, Schedule 40, PVC Pipe: ASTM F891, Schedule 40.

a. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2665, made to ASTM D3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe.

3. Cellular-Core, Sewer and Drain Series, PVC Pipe: ASTM F891, Series PS 100.

a. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2665, made to ASTM D3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Series PS 100 sewer and drain pipe.

2.02 JOINING MATERIALS

A. General: Applications of the following piping joining materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.

B. Refer to Section 22 95 00 - "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for commonly used joining materials.

C. Transition Couplings: Coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to, and with ends compatible with piping to be joined.

D. Flexible, Transition Couplings for Underground, Nonpressure Piping: ASTM C1173 with elastomeric sleeve. Include ends same sizes as piping to be joined and include corrosion-resistant metal band on each end.

1. Sleeve Type for Plain-End Piping: Rubber or elastomeric sleeve and stainless-steel band assembly, fabricated to match outside diameters of piping to be joined. Include the following:

a. Sleeves for Plastic Piping: ASTM F477 elastomeric seal.

b. Sleeves for Dissimilar Piping: Compatible with piping materials to be joined.

Page 30: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

c. Bands: Stainless steel, one at each pipe insert.

2. Gasket Type for Dissimilar-End Piping: Rubber or elastomeric compression gasket, made to match inside diameter of pipe or hub, and outside diameter of adjoining pipe. Include the following:

a. Gaskets for Cast-Iron Soil Piping: ASTM C564 rubber.

b. Gaskets for Plastic Piping: ASTM F477 elastomeric seal.

c. Gaskets for Dissimilar Piping: Compatible with piping materials to be joined.

2.03 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS

A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube fitting materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.

B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2665, made to ASTM D3311 drain, waste, and vent pipe patterns.

C. PVC Plastic, Tubular Fittings: ASTM F409 drainage pattern, with ends as required for application.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXCAVATION

A. Refer to Section 31 20 00 - "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

3.02 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Aboveground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use the following:

1. 1-1/4- to 4-Inch NPS (DN50 to DN100): PVC plastic pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

D. Underground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use the following:

1. 1-1/2- to 4-Inch NPS (DN50 to DN100): PVC plastic pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

2. 5- and 6-Inch NPS (DN125 and DN150): PVC plastic pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

3. 8-Inch NPS (DN200): PVC plastic pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Refer to Section 22 95 00 - "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping installation.

3.04 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Section 33 00 00 - "Utilities" for sanitary piping and refer to Section 33 46 00 “Subdrainage” for storm piping.

B. Extend building sanitary drain piping and connect to sanitary sewer piping in sizes and locations indicated for service entrances into building. Install cleanout and extension to grade at connections of building sanitary drains with building sanitary sewers.

C. Extend building storm drain piping and connect to storm sewer piping in sizes and locations indicated for service entrances into building. Install cleanout and extension to grade at connections of building storm drains and building storm sewers.

Page 31: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

D. Install wall penetration system at each service entrance pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Refer to Section 22 95 00 - "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for wall penetration systems.

3.05 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not make change in direction of flow greater than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if different sizes of piping are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.

B. Lay buried building drain piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.

C. Install drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Sanitary Building Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping 3-inch NPS (DN80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping 4-inch NPS (DN100) and larger.

2. Horizontal, Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.

3. Horizontal, Storm Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.

4. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.

D. Install PVC plastic drainage piping according to ASTM D2665.

E. Install underground, PVC plastic drainage piping according to ASTM D2321.

3.06 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Refer to Section 22 95 00 - "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping joint construction.

B. PVC Piping Joints: Join drainage piping according to ASTM D2665.

C. Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners: Comply with procedures in ASTM F402 for safe handling during joining of plastic pipe and fittings.

3.07 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Install hangers for PVC plastic piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. 1-1/2- and 2-Inch NPS (DN40 and DN50): Maximum horizontal spacing, 48 inches with 3/8-inch minimum rod diameter; maximum vertical spacing, 48 inches.

2. 4- and 5-Inch NPS (DN100 and DN125): Maximum horizontal spacing, 48 inches with 5/8-inch minimum rod diameter; maximum vertical spacing, 48 inches.

3. 6-Inch NPS (DN150): Maximum horizontal spacing, 48 inches with 3/4-inch minimum rod diameter; maximum vertical spacing, 48 inches.

4. 8- through 12-Inch NPS (DN200 through DN300): Maximum horizontal spacing, 48 inches with 7/8-inch minimum rod diameter; maximum vertical spacing, 48 inches.

B. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions.

Page 32: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.08 CONNECTIONS

A. Connect service entrance piping to exterior sewerage and drainage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

B. Connect drainage piping to service entrance piping, and extend to and connect to the following:

1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Section 22 40 00 "Plumbing Fixtures."

2. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Section 22 10 13 - "Plumbing Specialties."

3. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections 2-1/2-inch NPS (DN65) and larger.

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect drainage and vent piping as follows:

1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.

a. Roughing-In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.

b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Test drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedure, as follows:

1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.

2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved.

3. Roughing-In Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10 feet of head. Water level must not drop from 15 minutes before inspection starts through completion of inspection. Inspect joints for leaks.

4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.

Page 33: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 6 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

5. Repair leaks and defects using new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.

6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTING

A. Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.

D. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with 2 coats of water-based latex paint.

END OF SECTION

Page 34: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 223000 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 22 30 00 (15430) - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Backflow Preventers

2. Floor Drains

3. Miscellaneous Piping Specialties

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 22 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for Plumbing

2. Section 22 11 16 (15140) - Domestic Water Piping

3. Section 22 13 16 (15150) - Drainage and Vent Piping

4. Section 22 40 00 (15410) – Plumbing Fixtures

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project including the following:

1. Product Data: For each plumbing specialty indicated. Include rated capacities of selected equipment and shipping, installed, and operating weights. Indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components; and piping and wiring connections for the following plumbing specialty products:

a. Backflow preventers.

b. Cleanouts.

c. Floor drains, open receptors, and trench drains.

d. Vent caps, vent terminals, and roof flashing assemblies.

2. Reports: Specified in "Field Quality Control" Article.

3. Maintenance Data: For specialties to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 01.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on plumbing specialties made to specified standards.

B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated plumbing specialties specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.

1. Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.

C. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation.

D. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for electrical components.

1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) - “Spare Parts and materials” below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.

Page 35: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 223000 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Backflow Preventers:

a. Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

b. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.

2. Floor Drains

a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., Division of Smith Industries

b. Josam Co.

c. Zurn Industries, Inc.

2.02 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

A. Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001, with floating disc and atmospheric vent.

B. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011, nickel plated, with nonremovable and manual drain features, and ASME B1.20.7 garden-hose threads on outlet. Units attached to rough-bronze-finish hose connections may be rough bronze.

C. Double-Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies: ASSE 1015, suitable for continuous pressure application. Include shutoff valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet; and test cocks with 2 positive-seating check valves.

1. Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle one-third of flow range.

2.03 FLOOR DRAINS

A. Floor Drains:

1. Comply with ASME A112.21.1M and ASME A112.3.1.

2. Refer to Plumbing Fixture Matrix

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PLUMBING SPECIALTY INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Install plumbing specialty components, connections, and devices according to manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Install expansion joints on vertical risers, stacks, and conductors as indicated.

3. Fasten wall-hanging plumbing specialties securely to supports attached to building substrate if supports are specified and to building wall construction if no support is indicated.

4. Fasten recessed, wall-mounting plumbing specialties to reinforcement built into walls.

5. Secure supplies to supports or substrate.

6. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated.

7. Locate drainage piping as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures and drains.

8. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings.

Page 36: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 223000 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

9. Include wood-blocking reinforcement for recessed and wall-mounting plumbing specialties.

B. Backflow Preventers:

1. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated, at each water-supply connection to mechanical equipment and systems, and to other equipment and water systems as indicated. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment. Install air-gap fitting on units with atmospheric-vent connection and pipe relief outlet drain to nearest floor drain. Do not install bypass around backflow preventer.

C. Cleanouts:

1. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping as indicated, and where not indicated, according to the following:

a. Size same as drainage piping up to 4-inch NPS (DN100). Use 4-inch NPS (DN100) for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated.

b. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.

c. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping 4-inch NPS (DN100) and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping.

d. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.

2. Install cleanout deck plates, of types indicated, with top flush with finished floor, for floor cleanouts for piping below floors.

3. Install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall, for cleanouts located in concealed walls.

D. Floor Drains:

1. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor or as indicated. Size outlets as indicated.

2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii:

a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4-inch total depression.

b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to one percent slope.

c. Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1-inch total depression.

3. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated.

5. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.

3.02 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection requirements:

1. Install piping connections between plumbing specialties and piping specified in other Division 22 Sections.

2. Install piping connections indicated between appliances and equipment specified in other Sections; connect directly to plumbing piping systems.

Page 37: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 223000 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3. Install piping connections indicated as indirect wastes from appliances and equipment specified in other Sections, to spill over receptors connected to plumbing piping systems.

B. Install hoses between plumbing specialties and appliances as required for connections.

C. Arrange for electric-power connections to plumbing specialties and devices that require power. Electric power is specified in Division 26 Sections.

D. Supply Runouts to Plumbing Specialties: Install hot- and cold-water-supply piping of sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Drainage Runouts to Plumbing Specialties: Install drainage and vent piping, with approved trap, of sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.

F. Ground electric-powered plumbing specialties.

1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.03 FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Fabricate flashing manufactured from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required.

B. Burn joints of lead sheets where required.

C. Solder joints of copper sheets where required.

D. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane.

1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe.

2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around sleeve.

3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around specialty.

E. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement.

F. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device.

G. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counter flashing or commercially made flashing fittings, according to Division 07 Sections for type of roofing.

H. Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess.

I. Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes as indicated. Install drain connection if indicated.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of factory-authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly of components and installation of grease recovery units, including piping and electrical connections, and to report results in writing.

1. Test and adjust plumbing specialty controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and components.

3.05 COMMISSIONING

A. Before startup, perform the following checks:

1. System tests are complete.

2. Damaged and defective specialties and accessories have been replaced or repaired.

Page 38: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 223000 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3. Clear space is provided for servicing specialties.

B. Before operating systems, perform the following steps:

1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.

2. Open general-duty valves to fully open position.

3. Remove and clean strainers.

4. Verify that drainage and vent piping are clear of obstructions. Flush with water until clear.

C. Startup Procedures: Follow manufacturer's written instructions.

D. Adjust operation and correct deficiencies discovered during commissioning.

3.06 DEMONSTRATION

A. Startup Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below:

1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup of and servicing interceptors.

2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup of and servicing grease recovery units.

3.07 PROTECTION

A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.

END OF SECTION

Page 39: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000a - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 22 40 00 (15410) - PLUMBING FIXTURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Plumbing Fixture Standards

2. Miscellaneous Fixture Standards

3. Miscellaneous Component Standards

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 92 00 (07920) - Joint Sealant: For sealing between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters.

2. Section 22 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for Plumbing

3. Section 22 05 23 (15110) – General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping

4. Section 22 30 00 (15430) - Plumbing Equipment

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Accessible: Plumbing fixture, building, facility, or portion thereof that can be approached, entered, and used by physically handicapped, disabled, and elderly people.

B. Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, traps and waste pipes. Pipe fittings, tube fittings, and general-duty valves are included where indicated.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data for each plumbing fixture category and type specified. Include selected fixture, trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates.

2. Maintenance data for plumbing fixtures and components to include in the operation and maintenance manuals specified in Division 01.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category from one source and by a single manufacturer.

1. Exception: Where fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for this category.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of CABO A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; regarding plumbing fixtures for physically handicapped people.

C. Energy Policy Act Requirements: Comply with requirements of Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," regarding water flow rate and water consumption of plumbing fixtures.

D. Listing and labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures and components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.

E. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.

Page 40: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000a - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

F. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver plumbing fixtures in manufacturer's protective packing, crating, and covering.

B. Store plumbing fixtures on elevated platforms in dry location.

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Coordinate roughing-in and final fixture locations and verify that plumbing fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards.

1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 - “Spare Parts and Maintenance” that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. American Standard, Inc.

2. Elkay Manufacturing Co.

3. Fiat Products Ltd.; Division of Crane Plumbing

4. Gerber Plumbing Fixtures Corp.

5. Halsey Taylor

6. Haws Corp.

7. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.

8. Josam Co.

9. Just Mfg. Co.

10. Kohler Co.

11. McGuire Manufacturing Company, Inc.

12. E. L. Mustee & Sons, Inc.

13. Oasis Industries Inc.

14. Speakman Company

15. Sunroc Corp

16. Toto USA, Inc.

17. Waterpik Technologies, Inc.

18. Wade Division of Tyler Pipe

19. Zurn Industries, Inc.

2.02 PLUMBING FIXTURE STANDARDS

A. Comply with applicable standards below, fixture schedule on drawings and other requirements specified.

1. Porcelain-Enameled Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M.

2. Stainless-Steel Fixtures Other than Service Sinks: ASME A112.19.3M.

Page 41: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000a - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3. Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M.

4. Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5.

2.03 MISCELLANEOUS FITTING STANDARDS

A. Comply with ASME A112.18.1 and other requirements specified for fittings, other than faucets. Include finish to coordinate with finishes shown on Plumbing Fixture Schedule. Coordinate fittings with other components and connectors.

1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.

2. Automatic Flow Restrictors: ASSE 1028.

3. Brass and Copper, Supplies and Tubular Brass: ASME A112.18.1M.

4. Fixed Flow Restrictors: ASSE 1034.

5. Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037.

2.04 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENT STANDARDS

A. Comply with applicable standards below and other requirements specified for components for plumbing fixtures, equipment, and appliances.

1. Floor Drains: ASME A112.21.1M.

2. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.

3. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.

4. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5.

5. Supply and Drain Insulation Kits: CABO A117.1.

6. Supports: ASME A112.6.1M.

2.05 FITTINGS

A. Fittings for Plumbing Fixtures: Refer to plumbing fixture schedules in the Appendix for materials for supplies, supply stops, supply risers, traps, and other fittings.

B. Fittings for Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Fittings include the following:

1. Supply Inlets: Brass pipe or copper tube, size required for final connection.

2. Supply Stops: Chrome-plated brass, angle or straight; compression, quarter turn, loose-key type; same size as supply inlet and with outlet matching supply riser.

3. Supply Risers: 3/8-inch NPS (DN10) rigid brass tube with 1/4-inch NPS (DN8) offset, knob-end tailpiece. Use chrome-plated tube for exposed applications.

4. Traps: Tubular brass with 0.045-inch wall thickness, slip-joint inlet, cleanout, wall flange, escutcheons, and size to match equipment. Use chrome-plated tube for exposed applications.

5. Continuous Waste: Tubular brass, 0.045-inch wall thickness, with slip-joint inlet, and size to match equipment.

6. Indirect Waste: Tubular brass, 0.045-inch wall thickness, and size to match equipment.

2.06 FINISHES

A. Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule for Finishes.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine roughing-in for potable, hot- and cold-water supply piping systems; soil, waste, and vent piping systems; and supports. Verify that locations and sizes of piping and locations and

Page 42: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000a - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

types of supports match those indicated, before installing and connecting fixtures. Use manufacturer's roughing-in data when roughing-in data are not indicated.

B. Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed.

C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 APPLICATIONS

A. Include supports for plumbing fixtures according to the following:

1. Carriers: For wall-hanging water closets and fixtures supported from wall construction.

2. Chair Carriers: For wall-hanging urinals, lavatories, sinks, drinking fountains, and electric water coolers.

3. Heavy-Duty Chair Carriers: For accessible urinals, lavatories, and other fixtures where indicated.

4. Reinforcement: For floor-mounted lavatories and sinks that require securing to wall and recessed, box-mounted, electric water coolers.

5. Fabricate reinforcement from 2-by-4-inch or 2-by-6-inch fire-retardant-treated-wood blocking between studs or 1/4-by-6-inch steel plates attached to studs, in wall construction, to secure fixtures to wall. Include length that will extend beyond ends of fixture mounting bracket and attach to at least 2 studs.

B. Include fitting insulation kits for accessible fixtures according to the following:

1. Lavatories: Cover hot- and cold-water supplies, stops and handles, drain, trap, and waste to wall.

2. Sinks: Cover hot- and cold-water supplies, stops and handles, drain, trap, and waste to wall.

3. Fixtures with Offset Drain: Cover hot- and cold-water supplies, offset drain, trap, and waste to wall.

4. Other Fixtures: Cover exposed fittings below fixture.

3.03 PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION

A. Assemble plumbing fixtures and trim, fittings, faucets, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions.

B. Install fixtures level and plumb according to manufacturers' written instructions, roughing-in drawings, and referenced standards.

C. Install floor-mounted, floor-outlet water closets with closet flanges and gasket seals.

D. Install toilet seats on water closets.

E. Install wall-hanging, back-outlet urinals with gasket seals.

F. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for handicapped people to reach.

G. Install tanks for accessible, tank-type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide side of compartment.

H. Fasten wall-hanging plumbing fixtures securely to supports attached to building substrate when supports are specified, and to building wall construction where no support is indicated.

I. Fasten floor-mounted fixtures to substrate. Fasten fixtures having holes for securing fixture to wall construction, to reinforcement built into walls.

J. Fasten recessed, wall-mounted fittings to reinforcement built into walls.

K. Fasten wall-mounted fittings to reinforcement built into walls.

Page 43: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000a - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

L. Fasten counter-mounting plumbing fixtures to casework.

M. Secure supplies to supports or substrate within pipe space behind fixture.

N. Set shower receptors and mop basins in leveling bed of cement grout.

O. Install individual stop valve in each water supply to fixture. Use gate or globe valve where specific stop valve is not specified.

1. Exception: Omit stop valves on supplies to emergency equipment, except when permitted by authorities having jurisdiction. When permitted, install valve chained and locked in OPEN position.

P. Install water-supply stop valves in accessible locations.

Q. Install faucet, laminar-flow fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts when faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters when required.

R. Install supply, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves.

S. Install faucet, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts when faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters when required.

T. Install shower, flow-control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms.

U. Install traps on fixture outlets. Omit traps on fixtures having integral traps. Omit traps on indirect wastes, except where otherwise indicated.

V. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings.

W. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary-type, 1-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant according to sealing requirements specified in Section 07920 (07 92 00) - "Joint Sealants." Match sealant color to fixture color.

3.04 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection requirements:

1. Install piping connections between plumbing fixtures and piping systems and plumbing equipment specified in other Division 22 Sections.

B. Supply and Waste Connections to Plumbing Fixtures: Refer to plumbing fixture schedules at the end of this Section for fitting sizes and connection requirements for each plumbing fixture.

C. Supply and Waste Connections to Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Connect equipment with supply inlets, supply stops, supply risers, and traps specified in this Section. Use fitting sizes required to match connected equipment. Connect fittings to plumbing piping.

D. Ground equipment.

1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

E. Arrange for electric-power connections to fixtures and devices that require power. Electric power is specified in Division 16 Sections.

3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Verify that installed fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed.

B. Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components.

C. Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.

Page 44: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000a - 6 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized and demonstrate proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly.

3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls.

B. Operate and adjust disposers, hot-water dispensers, and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls.

C. Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains, electric water coolers, faucets, shower valves, and flushometer valves having controls, to produce proper flow and stream.

D. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.

E. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Include the following:

1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts.

2. Remove sediment and debris from drains.

3.07 PROTECTION

A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.

B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities, except when approved in writing by Owner.

3.08 SCHEDULES

A. See Plumbing Fixture Matrix attached to this Section.

END OF SECTION

Page 45: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 05 00 (15050) - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. HVAC Pipe and Pipe Fittings

2. Joining Materials

3. Dielectric Fittings

4. HVAC Sleeves

5. HVAC Sleeve Seals

6. HVAC Specialties

7. HVAC Piping System Installation

8. HVAC Equipment Installation

9. Concrete Bases.

10. Erection of Metal Supports

11. Erection of Wood Supports

12. Cutting and Patching

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination

2. Section 01 73 29 - Cutting and Patching

3. Section 01 78 43 - Spare Parts and Materials

4. Section 01 79 00 - Training

5. Section 01 78 23 - Operating and Maintenance Data

6. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

7. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry

8. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

9. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping

10. Section 08 31 00 - Access Doors

11. Section 09 90 00 - Painting

12. Section 23 05 53 – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Labeling and identifying HVAC systems and equipment.

13. Section 31 20 00 – Earth Moving

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels.

B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

Page 46: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.

E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:

1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.

2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.

3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01 Specification Sections:

1. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, plumbing sleeve seals, and identification materials and devices.

2. Coordination Drawings: Detail major elements, components, and systems of plumbing equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Show space requirements for installation and access. Indicate if sequence and coordination of installations are important to efficient flow of the Work. Include the following:

a. Planned piping layout, including valve and specialty locations and valve-stem movement.

b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation.

c. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, accessories, and specialties, including space for disassembly required for periodic maintenance.

d. Equipment and accessory service connections and support details.

e. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations.

f. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations.

g. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases.

h. Scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into building during construction.

i. Floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting plumbing and electrical services, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases.

1. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must meet design requirements. See drawings for equipment schedules and requirements.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

Page 47: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

B. Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside.

C. Protect flanges, fittings, and piping specialties from moisture and dirt.

D. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.

1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Coordinate HVAC equipment installation with other building components.

B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations.

C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.

D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring positioning before closing in building.

E. Coordinate connection of HVAC systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies.

F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items requiring access are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Section 08 31 13 - "Access Doors and Frames."

G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

1.07 Posted Operating Instructions

A. Provide and post operating instructions for all HVAC systems.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. HVAC Sleeve Seals:

a. Metraflex Inc.

b. PSI-Thunderline/Link-Seal

2.02 HVAC PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS

A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe and fitting materials and joining methods.

2.03 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.

C. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32.

1. Alloy Sn95 or Alloy Sn94: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent silver, with 0.10 percent lead content.

Page 48: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

2. Alloy E: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent copper, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content.

3. Alloy HA: Tin-antimony-silver-copper zinc, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content.

4. Alloy HB: Tin-antimony-silver-copper nickel, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content.

5. Alloy Sb5: 95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony, with 0.20 percent maximum lead content.

E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8.

1. BCuP Series: Copper-phosphorus alloys.

2. BAg1: Silver alloy.

3. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.

F. Solvent Cements: Manufacturer's standard solvent cements for the following:

1. ABS Piping: ASTM D2235.

2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F493.

3. PVC Piping: ASTM D2564. Include primer according to ASTM F656.

4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D3138.

G. Plastic Pipe Seals: ASTM F477, elastomeric gasket.

2.04 HVAC SLEEVES

A. Sleeves: The following materials are for wall, floor, slab, and roof penetrations:

1. Steel Sheet Metal: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness, galvanized, round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint.

2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

3. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral water stop, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.

a. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.

2.05 HVAC SLEEVE SEALS

A. Description: Modular design, with interlocking rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. Include connecting bolts and pressure plates.

2.06 HVAC SPECIALTIES

A. Escutcheons: Manufactured wall, ceiling, and floor plates; deep-pattern type if required to conceal protruding fittings and sleeves.

1. ID: Closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping.

2. OD: Completely cover opening.

3. Cast Brass: Split casting, with concealed hinge and set screw.

a. Finish: Polished chrome-plate.

4. Cast-Iron Floor Plate: One-piece casting.

B. Grout:

1. Non-shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B.

Page 49: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

a. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout, non-staining, non-corrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.

b. Design Mix: 5000-psig, 28-day compressive strength.

c. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 HVAC PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Install HVAC piping as described below, unless piping Sections specifies otherwise. Individual Division 23 Piping Sections specifies unique piping installation requirements.

B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated, unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings as required by Division 01 Sections and as outlined in Part 1 of this section.

C. Install piping at indicated slope.

D. Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

E. Install piping in concealed interior and exterior locations, except in equipment rooms and service areas.

F. Install piping free of sags and bends.

G. Install exposed interior and exterior piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited, unless otherwise indicated.

H. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other building elements. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal.

I. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation.

J. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve operation and servicing.

K. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

L. Install couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions.

M. Install pipe escutcheons for pipe penetrations of concrete and masonry walls, wall board partitions, and suspended ceilings according to the following:

1. Chrome-Plated Piping: Cast brass, one piece, with set screw, and polished chrome-plated finish.

2. Uninsulated Piping Wall Escutcheons: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set screw, and chrome-plated finish.

3. Uninsulated Piping Floor Plates in Utility Areas: Cast-iron floor plates.

4. Insulated Piping: Cast brass with concealed hinge, set screws, and chrome-plated finish.

5. Piping in Utility Areas: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set-screw or spring clips.

N. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, and concrete floor and roof slabs.

1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping rings where required.

2. Build sleeves into walls and slabs as work progresses.

Page 50: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 6 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3. Install sleeves large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:

a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than 6-inch NPS (DN150).

b. Steel, Sheet-Metal Sleeves: For pipes 6-inch NPS (DN150) and larger, penetrating gypsum-board partitions.

4. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.

a. Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with non-shrink, nonmetallic grout.

5. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using elastomeric joint sealant. Refer to Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" for materials.

6. Use Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O, neutral-curing silicone sealant, unless otherwise indicated.

O. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.

2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches in diameter and larger.

3. Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

P. Underground, Exterior-Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

Q. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire stopping materials. Refer to Section 07 84 00 - "Firestopping" for materials.

R. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

S. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.

T. Piping Joint Construction: Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in individual piping specification Sections:

1. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

2. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

3. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to CDA’s "Copper Tube Handbook."

4. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS’s "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe and Tube."

5. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join pipe and fittings according to the following:

Page 51: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 7 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

a. Comply with ASTM F402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements.

b. CPVC Piping: ASTM D2846 and ASTM F493.

c. PVC Pressure Piping: ASTM D2672.

d. PVC Non-pressure Piping: ASTM D2855.

6. Plastic Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D2657 procedures and manufacturer's written instructions.

a. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.

b. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.

3.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights is not indicated.

B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Owner’s Representative.

C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.

E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope as specified in other Division 23 sections.

F. Clearance from Electrical Equipment: Piping and ductwork are prohibited in electric rooms and closets, elevator machine rooms and installation over transformers, switchboards and motor control centers.

3.03 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE

A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.

B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

C. Prime and paint all metal supports per Section 09 90 00 requirements similar to “Pipes and Mechanical Equipment”.

3.04 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE

A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorage to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment.

B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members.

C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.

3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved.

B. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.

C. Refer to Division 01 Sections for additional requirements.

Page 52: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 8 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.06 GROUTING

A. Install nonmetallic, non-shrink, grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Mix grout according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.

D. Avoid air entrapment during placing of grout.

E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.

F. Place grout on concrete bases to provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.

G. Place grout around anchors.

H. Cure placed grout according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION

Page 53: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 05 29 (15060) - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Hangers And Supports For HVAC System Piping And Equipment.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 05 50 00 (05500) - Metal Fabrications

2. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry.

B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data:

a. For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component, and thermal-hanger shield insert indicated.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Engineering Responsibility: Where required by the local authority having jurisdiction design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe support, trapeze, and seismic restraint by a qualified professional engineer.

1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components:

a. Cooper B-Line, Inc.

b. Grinnell Mechanical Products, A Tyco International Company

c. National Pipe Hanger Corporation

2. Channel Support Systems:

a. Cooper B-Line, Inc.

b. Grinnell Mechanical Products, A Tyco International Company

c. National Pipe Hanger Corporation

3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:

a. Carpenter & Patterson, Inc.

Page 54: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

b. Erico (Michigan Hanger)

c. PHS Industries, Inc.

4. Powder-Actuated and Mechanical Anchor Fastener Systems:

a. Gunnebo Fastening Corp.

b. Hilti, Inc.

c. ITW Ramset/Red Head

2.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components:

1. MSS SP-58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to "Hanger and Support Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types.

a. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish.

b. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

B. Channel Support Systems:

1. MFMA-2, factory-fabricated components for field assembly.

2. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish.

3. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:

1. 100-psi minimum compressive-strength insulation, encased in sheet metal shield.

2. Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C552, Type I cellular glass.

3. Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C552, Type I cellular glass.

4. For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe.

5. For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.

6. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature.

2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drive-pin attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

B. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized.

D. Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B, factory-mixed and -packaged, non-shrink and nonmetallic, dry, hydraulic-cement grout.

1. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and exterior applications.

2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.

3. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

Page 55: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS

A. General:

1. Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and systems.

2. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Specification Sections.

B. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.

2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required.

3. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.

4. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.

5. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.

6. Adjustable Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2.

7. Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8.

8. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange.

C. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN20 to DN500).

D. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.

E. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape.

2. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles.

3. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large.

4. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.

5. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:

a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.

Page 56: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.

F. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation.

3.02 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure.

B. Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled channel systems.

1. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Install building attachments to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping.

D. Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.

E. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories.

G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.

H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not exceeded.

J. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:

1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.

a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation.

b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.

c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9.

2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span arc of 180 degrees.

4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:

a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN8 to DN90): 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.

Page 57: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

b. NPS 4 (DN100): 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.

5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.

3.03 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support equipment above floor.

B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface.

C. Prime and Paint Equipment Supports as specified in Section 09 90 00 “Painting”.

3.04 METAL FABRICATION

A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and equipment supports.

B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations.

C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

3.05 ADJUSTING

A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments to level equipment and to achieve indicated slope of pipe.

3.06 PAINTING

A. Touching Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 09 90 00 “Painting”.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.

END OF SECTION

Page 58: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 07 00 (15081) - HVAC INSULATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Insulation Materials

2. Jackets

3. Accessories and Attachments

4. Vapor Retarders

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: Firestopping materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.

2. Section 22 07 00 (15083) - Plumbing Insulation

3. Section 23 31 13 (15815) - Metal Ducts: For duct liner.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data:

a. Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied) for each type of product indicated.

2. Shop Drawings:

a. Submit manufacturer’s data for each type of insulation used.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or similar industry recognized craft training program.

B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.

1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 50 or less.

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.

1.05 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for insulation application.

1.06 SCHEDULING

A. Schedule insulation application after testing duct systems. Insulation application may begin on segments of ducts that have satisfactory test results.

Page 59: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Mineral-Fiber Insulation:

a. CertainTeed Corp.

b. Knauf Insulation.

c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.

2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation:

a. CertainTeed Corp.

b. Knauf Insulation.

c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.

3. Closed-Cell Phenolic-Foam Insulation:

a. "Kooltherm Pipe Insulation"; Kingspan Insulation Ltd.

4. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation:

a. Armstrong World Industries

b. Rubatex International LLC

2.02 INSULATION MATERIALS

A. Mineral-Fiber Board Thermal Insulation:

1. Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C612, Type IB, without facing and with all-service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film.

B. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation:

1. Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C553, Type II, without facing and with all-service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film.

C. Closed-Cell Phenolic-Foam Insulation:

1. Block insulation of rigid, expanded, closed-cell structure. Comply with ASTM C1126, Type II, Grade 1.

D. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation:

1. Closed-cell, sponge or expanded-rubber materials.

2. Comply with ASTM C534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials

a. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer.

b. Ultraviolet Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer.

2.03 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS

A. General: ASTM C921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper and aluminum foil.

2.04 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS

A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape. Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.

Page 60: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

1. Tape Width: 4 inches.

B. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket:

1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick.

2. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch thick.

3. Aluminum: 0.007 inch thick.

4. Brass: 0.010 inch thick.

5. Nickel-Copper Alloy: 0.005 inch thick.

C. Wire: 0.080-inch, nickel-copper alloy; 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel; or 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, galvanized steel.

D. Weld-Attached Anchor Pins and Washers: Copper-coated steel pin for capacitor-discharge welding and galvanized speed washer. Pin length sufficient for insulation thickness indicated.

1. Welded Pin Holding Capacity: 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the attached surface.

E. Adhesive-Attached Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and washer manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length sufficient for insulation thickness indicated.

1. Adhesive: Recommended by the anchor pin manufacturer as appropriate for surface temperatures of ducts, plenums, and breechings; and to achieve a holding capacity of 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the adhered surface.

F. Self-Adhesive Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and washer manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length sufficient for insulation thickness indicated.

2.05 VAPOR RETARDERS

A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application.

3.03 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; and free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings.

B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses required for each duct system.

C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

D. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

E. Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a vapor retarder.

Page 61: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

G. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.

H. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical.

I. Apply insulation over fittings and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.

J. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder mastic. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.

K. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, seal ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder.

L. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows:

1. Pull jacket tight and smooth.

2. Joints and Seams: Cover with tape and vapor retarder as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal.

3. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.

M. Cut insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent compressing insulation to less than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

N. Install vapor-retarder mastic on ducts and plenums scheduled to receive vapor retarders.

1. Ducts with Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and seal with vapor-retarder mastic and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-retarder seal.

2. Ducts without Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and secure with outward clinching staples and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.

O. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of roof flashing.

1. Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic.

2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends.

3. Seal insulation to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic.

P. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and partitions, except fire-rated walls and partitions.

Q. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire/smoke damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations.

R. Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at underside of floor assembly and at floor support at top of floor.

1. For insulation indicated to have vapor retarders, taper termination and seal insulation ends with vapor-retarder mastic.

3.04 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION

A. Blanket Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure blanket insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers.

1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per square foot, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.

Page 62: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions.

3. Install anchor pins and speed washers on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows:

a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c.

b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.

c. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.

d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.

4. Impale insulation over anchors and attach speed washers.

5. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

6. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1 inch o.c., and cover with pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.

7. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. Secure with steel band at end joints and spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.

8. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation segment for each surface. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.

9. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation surface with 6-inch wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches o.c.

10. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation indicated to receive vapor retarder.

B. Board Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure board insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers.

1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per square foot, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.

2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions.

3. Space anchor pins as follows:

a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c.

b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.

c. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.

d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.

Page 63: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 6 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

4. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

5. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1 inch o.c., and cover with pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.

6. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation segment for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.

7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation surface with 6-inch wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches o.c.

8. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation indicated to receive vapor retarder.

3.05 CLOSED-CELL PHENOLIC-FOAM INSULATION APPLICATION

A. Apply insulation as follows:

1. Secure each layer of insulation to duct with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch intervals and tighten without deforming the insulation materials.

2. Apply two-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure inner layer with 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless-steel wire spaced at 12-inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch intervals.

3. On exposed applications, finish insulation with a skim coat of mineral-fiber, hydraulic-setting cement to surface of installed insulation. When dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth or tape. Overlap edges at least 1 inch. Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape. Thin the finish coat to achieve smooth finish.

3.06 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION

A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows:

1. Follow manufacturer’s written instructions for applying insulation.

2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface.

B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows:

1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.

2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation.

3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of the same thickness as pipe insulation.

4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface.

C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows:

1. Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation.

Page 64: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 7 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

2. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface.

D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows:

1. Apply preformed valve covers manufactured of the same material as pipe insulation and attached according to the manufacturer’s written instructions.

2. Apply cut segments of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, fabricate removable sections of insulation arranged to allow access to strainer basket.

3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface.

3.07 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION

A. Apply glass-cloth jacket, where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory-applied jackets.

1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints.

2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch thick coats of jacket manufacturer's recommended adhesive.

3. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation.

3.08 DUCT SYSTEM APPLICATIONS

A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section.

B. Materials and thicknesses for systems listed below are specified in schedules at the end of this Section.

C. Insulate the following plenums and duct systems:

1. Indoor concealed supply and return duct systems in basement, and outside-air ductwork in all areas.

D. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following systems, materials, and equipment:

1. Indoor exposed metal ducts, unless noted otherwise.

2. Metal ducts with duct liner, unless noted otherwise.

3. Factory-insulated flexible ducts.

4. Factory-insulated plenums, casings, terminal boxes, and filter boxes and sections, unless noted otherwise.

5. Flexible connectors.

6. Vibration-control devices.

7. Testing agency labels and stamps.

8. Nameplates and data plates.

9. Access panels and doors in air-distribution systems.

Page 65: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 8 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.09 DUCT AND PLENUM APPLICATION SCHEDULE

Service Material Thickness Number of Layers

R-Value (Min.

Installed)

Vapor Retarder Required

A. Round and rectangular, supply-air ducts, in attic

Mineral-fiber blanket

1-1/2” One 4.2 Yes

B. Round and rectangular, return-air ducts, in attic

Mineral-fiber blanket

1-1/2” One 4.2 Yes

3.10 PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATION SCHEDULE

Service Material Thickness Field Applied Jacket

Finish

A. Refrigerant section, liquid and hot-gas piping (where required). Operating Temperature: 35 to 50 deg. F.

Flexible elastomeric

Copper Piping ALL

sizes: 1”

None None

Page 66: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 9 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.11 EXTERIOR PIPE INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE

A. This application schedule is for above ground insulation outside the building. Loose-fill insulation, for below ground piping, is specified in Division 33 piping distribution Sections.

Service Material Thickness Field Applied Jacket

Vapor Retarder Required

Finish

A. Above ground insulation outside the building Operating Temperature: 35 to 50 deg. F.

Flexible elastomeric

Copper Piping ALL

sizes: 1/2”

None. Yes Two coats of manufacturer’s recommended

UV inhibitor

END OF SECTION

Page 67: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 23 00 (15530) - REFRIGERANT PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Tubes.

2. Fittings.

3. Joining Materials.

4. Specialties.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 92 00 (07920) - Joint Sealants

2. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: Firestopping materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.

3. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

4. Section 23 05 29 (15060) - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment: for pipe hanger restraints.

5. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment

6. Section 22 07 00 (15083) - HVAC Insulation

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data for each valve type and refrigerant piping specialty specified.

2. Refrigerant piping indicated is schematic only. Contractor shall size and design the piping configuration and install the piping, including oil traps, double risers, specialties, and pipe and tube sizes, to ensure proper operation and conformance with warranties of connected equipment.

3. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.

4. Maintenance data for refrigerant valves and piping specialties to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 01 Sections.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. ASME Compliance: Qualify brazing and welding processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following codes:

1. ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping."

2. ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."

C. UL Standard: Provide products complying with UL 207, "Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories, Non-electrical"; or UL 429, "Electrically Operated Valves."

D. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are UL listed and labeled.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

Page 68: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

1. Refrigerant Valves and Specialties:

a. Henry Pratt Company, Subsidiary of Mueller Water Products, Inc.

b. Parker-Hannifin Corporation; Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Division

c. Sporlan Valve Company

2.02 TUBES

A. Use pre-charged tubing where possible.

B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B280, Type ACR, annealed temper.

2.03 TUBE FITTINGS

A. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper streamlined pattern.

2.04 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification BAg-1 (Silver).

2.05 REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: 500-psig operating pressure, 200 deg F operating temperature; forged-brass body, with replaceable, polished, optical viewing window with color-coded moisture indicator, and solder-end connections.

B. Permanent Filter-Dryer: 350-psig maximum operating pressure, 225 deg F maximum operating temperature; steel shell, and wrought-copper fittings for solder-end connections; molded-felt core surrounded by desiccant.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine roughing-in for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of refrigerant piping. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 APPLICATIONS

A. Above ground, within Building: Type ACR drawn-copper tubing.

B. Below ground for 2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: Type L (Type B) annealed-copper tubing installed in schedule 40 PVC sleeve.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15.

B. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Section 21/22/23 95 00 (15050) - "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."

C. Install piping in short and direct arrangement, with minimum number of joints, elbows, and fittings.

D. Arrange piping to allow normal inspection and service of compressor and other equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection.

E. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers, or between pipes for insulation installation. Use sleeves through floors, walls, or ceilings, sized to permit installation of full-thickness insulation. Maximum fill: 40%

F. Below ground, install copper tubing in schedule 40 PVC conduit. Vent conduit outdoors.

G. Insulate suction lines.

1. Do not install insulation until system testing has been completed and all leaks have been eliminated.

Page 69: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

H. Install branch lines to parallel compressors of equal length, and pipe identically and symmetrically.

I. Install copper tubing in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where copper tubing will be exposed to mechanical injury.

J. Slope refrigerant piping as follows:

1. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope of 0.4 percent downward to compressor.

2. Install traps and double risers where indicated and where required to entrain oil in vertical runs.

3. Liquid lines may be installed level.

K. Use fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

L. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted, unless expressly indicated.

M. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fittings installed with level side down.

N. Provide bypass around moisture-liquid indicators in lines larger than 2-inch NPS (DN50).

O. Install unions to allow removal of solenoid valves, pressure-regulating valves, expansion valves, and at connections to compressors and evaporators.

P. Install refrigerant valves according to manufacturer's written instructions.

Q. When brazing, remove solenoid-valve coils; remove sight glasses; and remove stems, seats, and packing of valves, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do not apply heat near bulb of expansion valve.

R. Electrical wiring for solenoid valves is specified in Division 16 Sections. Coordinate electrical requirements and connections.

S. Charge and purge systems, after testing, dispose of refrigerant following ASHRAE 15 procedures.

3.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Hangers, supports, and anchors are specified in Section 23 05 29 - "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Provide according to ASME B31.5 and MSS SP-69.

B. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes. Tube sizes are nominal or standard tube sizes as expressed in ASTM B88.

1. 1/2 Inch: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

2. 5/8 Inch: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

3. 1 Inch: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

4. 1-1/4 Inches: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

5. 1-1/2 Inches: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

3.05 PIPE INSULATION

A. Piping insulation is specified in Section 23 07 00 “HVAC Insulation”.

3.06 SPECIALTIES APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION

A. Install permanent filter dryers in low-temperature systems using hermetic compressors, and before each solenoid valve.

Page 70: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.07 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Basic pipe and tube joint construction is specified in Section 23 05 00 - "Common Work Results for HVAC."

B. Fill pipe and fittings with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide) during brazing to prevent formation of scale.

3.08 VALVE INSTALLATIONS

A. Install refrigerant valves according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.09 CONNECTIONS

A. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements of Division 26 Sections for electrical connections.

3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect and test refrigerant piping according to ASME B31.5, Chapter VI.

1. Pressure test with nitrogen to 200 psig. Perform final tests at 27-psig vacuum and 200 psig using halide torch or electronic leak detector. Test to no leakage.

B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

C. Repair leaks using new materials; retest.

3.11 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat requirements.

3.12 CLEANING

A. Before installation of copper tubing other than Type ACR, clean tubing and fittings with trichloroethylene.

3.13 COMMISSIONING

A. Charge system using the following procedures:

1. Install core in filter dryer after leak test, but before evacuation.

2. Evacuate refrigerant system with vacuum pump until temperature of 35 deg is indicated on vacuum dehydration indicator.

3. During evacuation, apply heat to pockets, elbows, and low spots in piping.

4. Maintain vacuum on system for minimum of 5 hours after closing valve between vacuum pump and system.

5. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig.

6. Complete charging of system, using new filter-dryer core in charging line. Provide full-operating charge.

END OF SECTION

Page 71: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 31 13 (15815) - METAL DUCTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Sheet Metal Materials.

2. Duct Liner.

3. Sealant Materials.

4. Hangers and Supports.

5. Duct Fabrication.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: For fire-resistant sealants for use around duct penetrations and fire-damper installations in fire-rated floors, partitions, and walls.

2. Section 08 31 00 (08310) - Access Doors: For wall- and ceiling-mounted access doors for access to concealed ducts.

3. Section 23 05 93 (15950) - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: For air balancing and final adjusting of manual-volume dampers.

4. Section 23 07 00 (15081) – HVAC Insulation: For duct insulation.

5. Section 23 33 00 (15820) – Air Duct Accessories: For dampers, sound-control devices, duct-mounted access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.

6. Section 23 37 00 (15850) - Air Outlets and Inlets

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Thermal Conductivity and Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): As defined in ASTM C 168.

1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select and size air-moving and -distribution equipment and other components of air system. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by the Engineer of Record. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total pressure.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data:

a. For duct liner and sealing materials.

2. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates indicating welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in "Quality Assurance" Article.

3. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements.

4. Record Drawings: Indicate actual routing, fitting details, reinforcement, support, and installed accessories and devices.

Page 72: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Welding Standards: Qualify welding procedures and welding personnel to perform welding processes for this Project according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel" for hangers and supports; AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum," for aluminum supporting members; and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding.

B. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," unless otherwise indicated.

C. Comply with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems," unless otherwise indicated.

D. Comply with NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations," Chapter 3, "Duct System," for range hood ducts, unless otherwise indicated.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver and store stainless-steel sheets with mill-applied adhesive protective paper maintained through fabrication and installation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 SHEET METAL MATERIALS

A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A653, G90 coating designation; mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view.

B. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A366, cold-rolled sheets; commercial quality; with oiled, exposed matte finish.

C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A480, Type 316, sheet form with No. 4 finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view; and Type 304, sheet form with No. 1 finish for concealed ducts.

D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts.

E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.

2.02 DUCT LINER

A. General: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and NAIMA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."

B. Materials: ASTM C1071 with coated surface exposed to airstream to prevent erosion of glass fibers.

1. Thickness: 1 inch.

2. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75 deg F mean temperature.

3. Fire-Hazard Classification: Maximum flame-spread rating of 25 and smoke-developed rating of 50, when tested according to ASTM C 411.

4. Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and ASTM C916.

5. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment, mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in duct.

a. Tensile Strength: Indefinitely sustain a 50-lb- tensile, dead-load test perpendicular to duct wall.

b. Fastener Pin Length: As required for thickness of insulation and without projecting more than 1/8 inch into airstream.

Page 73: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

c. Adhesive for Attaching Mechanical Fasteners: Comply with fire-hazard classification of duct liner system.

2.03 SEALANT MATERIALS

A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric strips and mastics.

1. Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; glass-fiber fabric reinforced.

2. Joint and Seam Sealant: One-part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butyl sealant, formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids.

3. Flanged Joint Mastics: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealants, complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.

2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for building materials.

1. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick.

2. Exception: Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.

B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round, threaded steel rod.

1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rod or galvanized rods with threads painted after installation.

2. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters.

C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials.

D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A36/A36M.

1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates.

2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel support materials.

2.05 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." Comply with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and intervals.

1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure classification.

2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, and discolorations.

B. Fabricate range hood exhaust ducts with 0.0598-inch-thick, carbon-steel sheet for concealed ducts and 0.0500-inch-thick stainless steel for exposed ducts. Weld and flange seams and joints. Comply with NFPA 96.

2.06 SHOP APPLICATION OF LINER IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS

A. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with 90 percent coverage of adhesive at liner contact surface area. Multiple layers of insulation to achieve indicated thickness are prohibited.

B. Apply adhesive to liner facing in direction of airflow not receiving metal nosing.

Page 74: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

C. Butt transverse joints without gaps and coat joint with adhesive.

D. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted-edge overlapping.

E. Do not apply liners in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints necessary.

F. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches transversely around perimeter; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally.

G. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or "Z" profile or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations:

1. Fan discharge.

2. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct.

H. Terminate liner with duct buildouts installed in ducts to attach dampers, turning vane assemblies, and other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct wall with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds. Terminate liner at fire dampers at connection to fire-damper sleeve.

2.07 ROUND DUCT FABRICATION

A. Round Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

2.08 ROUND SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FITTING FABRICATION

A. 90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal seam straight duct.

B. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no excess material projecting from body onto branch tap entrance.

C. Elbows: Fabricate in die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Fabricate bend radius of die-formed, gored, and pleated elbows one and one-half times elbow diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated, fabricate elbows as follows:

1. Mitered-Elbow Radius and Number of Pieces: Welded construction complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated.

2. 90-Degree, Two-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems, or exhaust systems for material-handling classes A and B; and only where space restrictions do not permit using 1.5 bend radius elbows. Fabricate with single-thickness turning vanes.

3. Round Elbows, 8 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate die-formed elbows for 45- and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction.

4. Round Elbows, 9 through 14 Inches: Fabricate gored or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees, unless space restrictions require a mitered elbow. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction.

5. Round Elbows, Larger Than 14 Inches: Fabricate gored elbows, unless space restrictions require a mitered elbow.

6. Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes through 8 Inches and All Pressures: 0.040 inch thick with two-piece welded construction.

Page 75: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 DUCT INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories.

B. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indicated.

C. Install round ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet, unless interrupted by fittings.

D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.

E. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and connections.

F. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct.

G. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.

H. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building.

I. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.

J. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, unless specifically indicated.

K. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work.

L. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults, electrical equipment spaces and enclosures, and through elevator equipment rooms.

M. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as duct. Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.

N. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire damper, sleeve, and firestopping sealant. Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Section 07 84 00 "Firestopping."

3.02 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING

A. General: Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct pressure class indicated and as described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

B. Pressure Classification Less Than 2-Inch wg: Transverse and longitudinal joints.

C. Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation.

D. Materials: 3M Brand No. 800.

3.03 HANGING AND SUPPORTING

A. Install rigid round, rectangular, and flat-oval metal duct with support systems indicated in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

B. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.

C. Support vertical ducts at a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor.

D. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure (proof-test) load.

E. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete.

Page 76: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 6 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

F. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.

3.04 CONNECTIONS

A. Connect equipment with flexible connectors according to Section 23 33 00 (15820) "Duct Accessories."

B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

C. Leakage Test: Perform tests according to SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual."

3.05 ADJUSTING

A. Refer to Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for detailed procedures.

3.06 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect the system. Vacuum interior as well as exterior of ducts before final acceptance to remove dust and debris.

END OF SECTION

Page 77: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 33 00 (15820) - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Manual-Volume Dampers

2. Turning Vanes

3. Flexible Connectors

4. Flexible Ducts

5. Accessories

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 23 37 00 (15850) - Air Outlets and Inlets.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data: For the following:

a. Manual-volume dampers.

b. Flexible ducts.

2. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, location, and size of each field connection. Detail the following:

a. Special fittings and manual- and automatic-volume-damper installations.

b. Fire damper installations, including sleeves and duct-mounted access doors and panels.

3. Product Certificates: Submit certified test data on dynamic insertion loss; self-noise power levels; and airflow performance data, static-pressure loss, dimensions, and weights.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with the following NFPA standards:

1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."

2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."

B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. manuals (SMACNA) except where details or notes on drawings indicate otherwise.

1. HVAC Construction Standards Metal and Flexible.

C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard for Safety UL 181, UL 555.

1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and Materials” that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.

Page 78: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Manual Volume Dampers.

a. Ruskin Company

b. Air Balance, Division of Mestek

c. Prefco (Perfect Air Control, Inc.)

2. Flexible Connectors.

a. Ventfabrics, Inc.

b. Ward Industries, Inc.

c. Vent Products Co.

3. Flexible Ducts.

a. Clevaflex. Ltd.

b. Approved Substitution

2.02 MANUAL-VOLUME DAMPERS

A. General: Factory fabricated with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class.

B. Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, parallel- or opposed-blade design as indicated, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.

1. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized, sheet steel channels, minimum of 0.064 inch thick, with mitered and welded corners; frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls; and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts.

2. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 0.064-inch- thick, galvanized, sheet steel.

3. Blade Axles: Nonferrous.

4. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.

C. Damper Hardware: Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch thick zinc-plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut. Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.

2.03 TURNING VANES

A. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate of 1-1/2 inch wide, curved blades set 3/4 inch o.c.; support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches o.c.; and set into side strips suitable for mounting in ducts.

2.04 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

A. General: Flame-retarded or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1.

B. Standard Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-1/2 inches wide attached to two strips of 2-3/4 inch wide, 0.028 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel. Select metal compatible with connected ducts.

Page 79: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

C. Transverse Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-1/2 inches wide attached to two strips of 4-3/8 inch wide, 0.028 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel Select metal compatible with connected ducts.

D. Conventional, Indoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with polychloroprene.

1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.

2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp, and 360 lbf/inch in the filling.

3. Minimum Movement: 2 inches.

2.05 FLEXIBLE DUCTS

A. General: Comply with UL 181, Class 1.

B. Flexible Ducts, Uninsulated: Corrugated aluminum. For use on dryer vents only.

C. Flexible Ducts, Insulated: Factory-fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer jacket enclosing 1-1/2-inch thick, glass-fiber insulation around a continuous inner liner.

1. Reinforcement: Steel-wire helix encapsulated in inner liner.

2. Outer Jacket: Glass-reinforced, silver Mylar with a continuous hanging tab, integral fibrous-glass tape, and nylon hanging cord.

3. Inner Liner: Polyethylene film.

D. Pressure Rating: 6-inch wg positive, 1/2-inch wg negative.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details shown in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and NAIMA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards" for fibrous-glass ducts.

B. Install volume dampers in lined duct; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner.

C. Provide test holes at fan inlet and outlet and elsewhere as indicated.

D. Label access doors according to Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

E. Provide flexible connections at fan and building joints.

F. Install automatic dampers supplied by the automatic temperature control system manufacturer. Notch end of rod and label duct/casing to indicate open and closed blade position.

G. Flexible duct installation.

1. Installation shall be in accordance with SMACNA and local building code standards.

2. Flexible duct runs shall be a maximum of 5 feet, straight lengths, no bends.

3. Connections to beaded sheet metal fittings shall be with 3 wraps of approved tape and stainless steel draw band for tight seal. Seal the outer jacket with 3 wraps of approved UL 181B tape.

4. A 1 ½” minimum strap shall be used to support the flexible duct at a distance not greater than 5’-0”. Maximum permissible sag is ½” per foot of duct length.

3.02 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings.

B. Adjust fire dampers for proper action.

Page 80: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

C. Final positioning of manual-volume dampers is specified in Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC”.

END OF SECTION

Page 81: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 37 00 (15850) - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Diffusers

2. Registers

3. Grilles

4. Louvers

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 23 33 00 (15820) – Air Duct Accessories.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in the ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air.

B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor.

C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following:

a. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished; indicate construction, finish, and mounting details.

b. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings for each type of air outlet and inlet.

c. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.

d. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet: indicate materials and methods of assembly of components.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers, registers, and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems indicated.

B. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of air-conditioning and Ventilating Systems."

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles:

a. Hart & Cooley

b. Carnes

Page 82: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

c. Krueger

2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS

A. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles:

1. As scheduled on Drawings

2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced standards.

B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of the panel. Where architectural features or other item conflict with installation notify Owner’s Representative for a determination of final location.

C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connection to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.

3.03 ADJUSTING

A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing.

3.04 CLEANING

A. After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers, and grilles that have damaged finishes.

END OF SECTION

Page 83: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 234100 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 41 00 (15861) - PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Disposable Panel Filters

2. Extended Surface Filters

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 23 37 00 (15850) - Air Outlets and Inlets

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data:

a. Include dimensions; shipping, installed, and operating weights; required clearances and access; rated flow capacity, including initial and final pressure drop at rated airflow; efficiency and test method; fire classification; furnished specialties; and accessories for each model indicated.

2. Maintenance Data: For each type of filter and rack to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. Reference Section 01 78 23 (01830) “Operation and Maintenance Data” for additional requirements.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of air filters and are based on the specific system indicated.

B. Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.

C. ASHRAE Compliance: Comply with provisions of ASHRAE 52.1 for method of testing and rating efficiency, arrestance, and dust holding capacity.

D. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Comply with UL Standards pertaining to safety and performance of air filter units including UL 900 “Test Performance of Air Filter Units.”

1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Air Filters, Electrostatic Air Cleaners, and Filter-Holding Systems:

2. AAF International

3. Camfil Farr

4. International Air Filter, Inc.

2.02 EXTENDED-SURFACE, DISPOSABLE PANEL FILTERS

A. Description: Factory-fabricated, dry, MERV 13 extended-surface filters with holding frames.

Page 84: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 234100 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

B. Media: Fibrous material formed into deep-V-shaped pleats and held by self-supporting wire grid.

C. Media and Media-Grid Frame: Nonflammable rigid drip board frame with expanded metal support cross braced on both sides of filter media.

D. Media and Media-Grid Frame: Galvanized steel.

E. Duct-Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel with gaskets and fasteners, and suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks.

PART 3 EXECUTION

A. Install filter frames according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Position each filter unit with clearance for normal service and maintenance. Anchor filter holding frames to substrate.

C. Install filters in position to prevent passage of unfiltered air. Joints between filter frames and enclosing ductwork shall be gasketed and sealed against air leakages.

D. Coordinate filter installations with duct and air-handling unit installations.

3.02 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing air-handling and air-distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filter media.

END OF SECTION

Page 85: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HEAT PUMPS AND FURNACES 235413 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 54 13 - HEAT PUMPS AND FURNACES

PART 1 GENERAL

..1.1 SUMMARY

.A Section includes:

.1 Fuel fired furnaces

.B Related Sections:

.1 Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

.2 Division 26 (16) Sections for electrical connections.

..1.2 SUBMITTALS

.A Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 00 (01330) indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

.1 Product data for each type of product specified.

.2 Wiring diagrams detailing power and control wiring and differentiating clearly between manufacturer-installed wiring and field-installed wiring.

.3 Samples of cabinet finish colors for approval.

.4 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of Owner’s Representatives and owners, and other information specified.

.5 Field test reports from a qualified independent inspecting and testing agency indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance with performance requirements of unit heaters.

..1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

.A Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm experienced in manufacturing unit heaters similar to those indicated for this Project and that have a record of successful in-service performance.

.B Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.

.C Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.

.1 The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

..2.1 MANUFACTURERS

.A Approved Manufacturers:

.1 Goodman

2. Bryant 3. Trane

..2.2 FURNACES

.A General

.1 Configuration: High efficiency split system heat pump with emergency electric heat.

.2 Units: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled, pre-wired unit consisting of cabinet, supply fan, heat exchanger, heater, controls, air filter, refrigerant cooling coil and containing compressor, condenser coil and condenser fan.

.3 Construction and Ratings: In accordance with ARI 210/240. Testing: ASHRAE 14.

Page 86: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

HEAT PUMPS AND FURNACES 235413 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

.4 Performance Ratings: Energy Efficiency Rating not less than 18 SEER.

.5 Refer to Furnace Schedule.. Cooling/heating performance is based on ARI 210/240 test conditions.

B. Fabrication

.6 Cabinet: Galvanized steel with baked enamel finish, easily removed and secured access doors, glass fiber insulation and reflective liner.

.7 Supply Fan: Centrifugal type rubber mounted with direct or belt drive.

.8 Motor: ANSI/NEMA MG 1; 1750 rpm rubber isolated hinge mounted.

.9 Air Filters: 1 inch thick glass fiber, disposable type arranged for easy replacement.

C. EVAPORATOR COIL

.10 Coil: Copper tube aluminum fin assembly, galvanized drain pan, drain connection, refrigerant piping connections and factory installed thermostatic expansion valve.

.B REFRIGERATION PACKAGE

.1 Compressor: hermetic, 3600 rpm maximum, resiliently mounted integral with condenser, with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high pressure control, motor overload protection, service valves and drier.

.2 Air Cooled Condenser: aluminum fin and copper tube coil.

.C REFRIGERATION OPERATING CONTROLS

.1 Room Thermostat: Cycles compressor, condenser and supply fan to maintain room temperature setting. Thermostat shall be digital, 7 day programmable allowing for at least two modes per day.

PART 3 EXECUTION

..3.1 EXAMINATION

.A Examine substrates and supports to receive unit heaters for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of units. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

..3.2 INSTALLATION

.A Install units as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and NFPA 90A.

.B Connect furnaces and components to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torque requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening requirements specified in UL 486A.

..3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

.A Testing: After installing furnaces and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.

.B Remove and replace malfunctioning units with new units and retest.

..3.4 CLEANING

.A Replace filters in each cabinet furnace at project closeout.

END

OF

S

Page 87: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS 236313 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 23 63 13 (15672) - AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Air Cooled Condensers

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 23 05 13 (15090) – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment

2. Section 23 54 00 (15530) - Refrigerant Piping: For valves and accessories for piping connections to units.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data:

a. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories for each model indicated.

2. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, location, and size of each field connection.

a. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

3. Maintenance Data: For each air-cooled condenser to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 01.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Listing and Labeling: Provide equipment and accessories specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.

1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate size and location of concrete housekeeping bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into pad. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 03 30 00 (03300) - "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

B. Coordinate locations for refrigerant piping and electrical rough-ins.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Goodman

2. Bryant

3. Trane

2.02 AIR COOLED CONDENSERS

A. Description: Factory assembled and tested; consisting of casing, variable speed compressor, condenser coils, condenser fans and motors, and unit controls; rated in accordance with ARI 210/240 and ANSI/UL 303/465/559.

Page 88: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS 236313 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

B. Condensing Coil: Seamless copper-tube coil with mechanically bonded aluminum fins; factory tested at 425 psig. Circuit to match compressors seal with refrigerant holding charge

C. Condenser Fans and Drives: Propeller fans for vertical air discharge with fanguard; directly driven with permanently lubricated ball-bearing motors with integral current- and thermal-overload protection. Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced.

1. Low Ambient Control: Factory-installed damper assembly, fan-speed control, or fan-cycling control.

2. Anti-Cycling Timer: 5 minute fixed off time to prevent short-cycling.

D. Operating and Safety Controls: Include condenser fan motor thermal and overload cutouts; 115-V control transformer, if required; magnetic contactors for condenser fan motors and an un-fused factory-mounted and -wired disconnect switch for single external electrical power connection. Mount controls in weatherproof panels.

E. Unit Casings: Steel, galvanized or zinc coated, for exposed casing surfaces, treated and finished with manufacturer's standard paint coating, designed for outdoor installation with weather protection for components and controls, and with removable panels for access to controls, condenser fans, motors, and drives.

F. Performance rating: EER and COP not less than prescribed by ANSI/ASHRAE-90A.

G. Coil Guard: PVC coated steel wireguard.

2.03 MOTORS

A. Refer to Section 23 05 13 (15090) - "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment" for general requirements for factory-installed motors.

B. Motor Construction: NEMA MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design B.

2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Verification of Performance: Rate air cooled condensers according to ARI 210/240.

B. Testing Requirements: Factory test sound-power-level ratings according to ARI 270.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install air-cooled condensers according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Install units level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, Shop Drawings, original design, and referenced standards.

C. Install ground-mounted units on 4-inch thick, reinforced concrete base, 4 inches larger than condenser unit on each side. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. Coordinate installation of anchoring devices.

3.02 CONNECTIONS

A. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance; minimum 4’-0” clearance on all sides.

B. Refrigerant Piping: Comply with applicable requirements of Section 22 54 00 (15530) "Refrigerant Piping." Connect piping to unit with service valve, filter dryer, and moisture indicator on each refrigerant-circuit liquid line.

C. Electrical: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 16.

D. Ground equipment.

1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

Page 89: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS 236313 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems with refrigerant and oil and test for leaks. Repair leaks and replace lost refrigerant and oil.

B. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation, product capability, and compliance with requirements.

1. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units with new units and retest.

3.04 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Clean to remove burrs and construction debris and repair damaged finishes.

3.05 COMMISSIONING

A. Verify that units are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents.

B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do the following:

1. Inspect for physical damage to unit casing.

2. Verify that access doors move freely and are weathertight.

3. Clean units and inspect for construction debris.

4. Check that all bolts and screws are tight.

5. Adjust vibration isolation and flexible connections.

6. Verify that controls are connected and operational.

C. Lubricate bearings on fans.

D. Verify that fan wheel is rotating in the correct direction and is not vibrating or binding.

E. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete manufacturer's starting checklist.

F. Measure and record airflow over coils.

G. Check operation of low ambient control device.

H. Verify that vibration isolation and flexible connections properly dampen vibration transmission to structure.

I. After startup and performance test, lubricate bearings and adjust belt tension.

3.06 DEMONSTRATION

A. Startup Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below:

1. Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 (01820) "Training”.

2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance.

END OF SECTION

Page 90: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 26 05 00 (16050) - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Supporting Devices For Electrical Components.

2. Electricity-Metering Components.

3. Concrete Equipment Bases.

4. Electrical Demolition.

5. Cutting And Patching For Electrical Construction.

6. Touchup Painting.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping.

2. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data: For electricity-metering equipment.

2. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts of electricity-metering equipment.

3. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

C. All work to be in accordance with latest requirements of the N.E.C. and all other applicable codes and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction over the work.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow.

1. Set inserts and sleeves in poured-in-place concrete, masonry work, and other structural components as they are constructed.

B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the building.

C. Coordinate electrical service connections to components furnished by utility companies.

1. Coordinate installation and connection of exterior underground and overhead utilities and services, including provision for electricity-metering components.

2. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and of utility company providing electrical power and other services.

Page 91: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

D. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by finished surfaces. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 08 Section 08 31 00 (08310) - "Access Doors."

E. Coordinate all work with Division 15. Electrical Contractor shall provide all wiring and final connection to all line voltage thermostats. Thermostat provided and installed by Division 15.

F. All electrical drawings are to be read in conjunction with the project specifications and all other related contract drawings.

G. The contractor shall examine the site and observe the conditions under which the work will be done or other circumstances which will affect the contemplated work. No allowance will be made subsequently in the connection for any error or negligence on the contractor’s part.

H. The contractor shall verify exact location, size and extent of all existing utilities, obstructions and/or other conditions which may affect the proposed work under the project. The contractor shall take every precaution to prevent damage to existing work and shall repair any damage as a result of this work.

I. The contractor shall verify all door swings in the field and mount switches on knob side of doors or as approved by the engineer.

J. The contractor shall carefully examine all contract drawings/specifications and be responsible for the proper fittings of materials and equipment at each location as indicated without substantial alteration. The drawings are generally diagrammatic and because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories which may be required. Furnishing such fittings that are required to meet such conditions shall be furnished and installed at no cost.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 SUPPORTING DEVICES

A. Material: Cold-formed steel, with corrosion-resistant coating acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized steel.

C. Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch diameter slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches o.c., in webs.

1. Channel Thickness: Selected to suit structural loading.

2. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channel supports.

D. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring-steel clamps or click-type hangers.

E. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.

F. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug for non-armored electrical cables in riser conduits. Plugs have number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit individual risers. Body constructed of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish.

G. Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type.

H. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.

2.02 TOUCHUP PAINT

A. For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer.

Page 92: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

A. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom.

B. Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations.

D. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope.

E. Coordinate work with other trades and install conduit and boxes to clear embedded ducts, openings, etc. and all structural features.

F. Unless otherwise noted, mounting heights, as shown, are from finished floor to top of panelboard and to centerline of other equipment. Coordinate all mounting heights with contract drawings, local code requirements, and all A.D.A. requirements.

1. Toggle (snap) switch: 4’-0”.

2. Enclosed circuit breaker: 5’-0”

3. Disconnect (safety) switch: 5’-0”.

4. Motor starter: 5’-0”.

5. Panelboard: 6’-0”.

3.02 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION

A. Damp Locations, Storage Rooms and Outdoors: Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-channel system components.

B. Dry Locations: Steel materials.

C. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click-type clamp system.

D. Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least four; minimum of 200-lb design load.

3.03 SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components.

B. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for securing hanger rods and conduits.

C. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket-type hangers.

D. Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future.

E. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or clamps.

F. Install 1/4-inch- diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Spring-steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may be used instead of malleable-iron hangers for 1-1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted channel and angle supports.

Page 93: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

H. Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried entirely by raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals.

I. Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors.

J. Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support. Support sheet-metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. If bar hangers are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved fastener not more than 24 inches from the box.

K. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are mounted directly to structural elements of adequate strength.

L. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless core-drilled holes are used. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire-rated gypsum walls and of all other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls.

M. Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are indicated:

1. Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails.

2. Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry units.

3. New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts.

4. Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts.

5. Steel: Welded threaded studs or spring-tension clamps on steel.

a. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.

6. Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe straps, or other items.

7. Light Steel: Sheet-metal screws.

8. Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its proof-test load.

3.04 UTILITY COMPANY ELECTRICITY-METERING EQUIPMENT

A. Install equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide grounding and empty conduits as required by utility company.

3.05 FIRESTOPPING

A. Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to achieve fire-resistance rating of the assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Section 07 84 00 (07840) “Firestopping."

3.06 CONCRETE BASES

A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger, in both directions, than supported unit. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's anchorage recommendations and setting templates for anchor-bolt and tie locations, unless otherwise indicated. Use 3000-psi 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Section 03 30 00 (03300) "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

Page 94: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.07 DEMOLITION

A. Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or disturbed in the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality.

B. Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be demolished, in their entirety.

C. Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in place, 2 inches below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch surface to match existing finish.

D. Remove demolished material from Project site.

E. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for relocation.

3.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved.

B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved.

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following:

1. Supporting devices for electrical components.

2. Electricity-metering components.

3. Concrete bases.

4. Electrical demolition.

5. Cutting and patching for electrical construction.

6. Touchup painting.

3.10 REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING

A. Refinish and touch up paint. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Section 09 90 00 (09900) - "Painting."

3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris.

B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Page 95: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 26 05 19 (16120) - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less.

B. Related Documents:

1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

C. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping

2. Section 26 05 00 (16050) – Common Work Results for Electrical

3. Section 26 05 53 (16075) – Identification for the Electrical Systems

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Listing and Labeling: Provide wires and cables specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.

1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.

2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver wires and cables according to NEMA WC 26.

1.05 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of cables with other installations.

B. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated, as required to suit field conditions and as approved by Owner representative.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Wires and Cables:

a. American Insulated Wire Corp.; Leviton Manufacturing Co.

b. Carol Cable Co., Inc.

c. Southwire Company

d. Alcan Cable Division of Alcan Aluminum Corporation

2. Connectors for Wires and Cables:

Page 96: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

a. AMP Incorporated

b. General Signal; O-Z/Gedney Unit

c. Square D Co.; a Division of Groupe Schneider

d. Alcan Cable Division of Alcan Aluminum Corporation

2.02 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLES

A. UL-listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable construction, and rating as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications" Article.

B. Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 70.

C. Thermoplastic Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 70.

D. Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 70.

E. Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 70.

F. Conductor Material: Copper

1. Feeders 100 ampere or greater may be aluminum "Alcan Stabiloy #8000", or approved substitution by listed manufacturers.

G. Stranding: Solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded conductor for larger than No. 10 AWG.

H. Multiconductor Cable: Metal-clad cable, Type MCI.

2.03 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES

A. UL-listed, factory-fabricated wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. Comply with Project's installation requirements and as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications" Article.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of wires and cables. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS

A. Feeders and branch circuit wiring: Building wire in conduit (panel feeders) and MC cable (branch circuit wiring.)

B. Fire alarm Circuits: Power-limited, fire-protective, signaling circuit cable.

C. Class 2 Control Circuits: Power-limited cable, concealed in building finishes.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install wires and cables as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and NECA's "Standard of Installation."

B. Pull Conductors: Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.

C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.

D. Install exposed cables, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible.

Page 97: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

E. Support cables according to Section 26 05 00 - "Common Work Results for Electrical."

F. Seal around cables penetrating fire-rated elements according to Section 07 84 00 (07840) "Firestopping."

G. Identify wires and cables according to Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

3.04 CONNECTIONS

A. Conductor Splices: Keep to minimum.

B. Install splices and tapes that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than conductors being spliced.

C. Use splice and tap connectors compatible with conductor material.

D. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap connector for aluminum conductors.

E. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack.

F. Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer.

G. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: On installation of wires and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.

1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters.

B. Correct malfunctioning conductors and cables at Project site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest.

END OF SECTION

Page 98: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 26 05 26 (16060) - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Grounding of Electrical Systems and Equipment.

a. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 26 05 19 (16120) – Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables.

2. Section 26 41 13 (13100) - Lightning Protection for Structures: For additional grounding and bonding materials.

3. Section 32 90 00 (02900) - Planting.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data: For the following:

a. Ground rods.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

1. Comply with UL 467.

B. Comply with NFPA 70; for overhead-line construction and medium-voltage underground construction, comply with IEEE C2.

C. Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Grounding Conductors, Cables, Connectors, and Rods:

a. Chance/Hubbell

b. Copperweld Corp.

c. Thomas & Betts, Electrical

2.02 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS

A. For insulated conductors, comply with Section 26 05 19 - "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

B. Material: Aluminum, copper-clad aluminum, and copper.

C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation.

Page 99: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

D. Isolated Ground Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation with yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, use colored tape, alternating bands of green and yellow tape to provide a minimum of three bands of green and two bands of yellow.

E. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable.

F. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following:

1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3.

2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8.

3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33.

H. Copper Bonding Conductors: As follows:

1. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG copper conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter.

2. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor.

3. Bonding Jumper: Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.

4. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.

I. Ground Conductor and Conductor Protector for Wood Poles: As follows:

1. No. 4 AWG minimum, soft-drawn copper conductor.

2. Conductor Protector: Half-round PVC or wood molding. If wood, use pressure-treated fir, or cypress or cedar.

J. Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with insulators.

K. Equipment Ground Conductor (Green) shall be included with all circuit conductors. In addition, provide a neutral conductor where applicable.

2.03 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS

A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items.

B. Bolted Connectors: Bolted-pressure-type connectors, or compression type.

C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer's written instructions.

2.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODES

A. Ground Rods: copper-clad steel.

1. Size: 120” long by 3/4” in diameter.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 APPLICATION

A. Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials.

B. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors.

C. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections, except those at test wells.

D. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps.

Page 100: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

E. Ground Rod Clamps at Test Wells: Use bolted pressure clamps with at least two bolts.

F. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.

1. Use insulated spacer; space 1 inch from wall and support from wall 6 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.

2. At doors, route the bus up to the top of the door frame, across the top of the doorway, and down to the specified height above the floor.

3.02 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS

A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated.

B. Install equipment grounding conductors in all feeders and circuits.

C. Computer Outlet Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from computer-area power panels or power-distribution units.

D. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate grounding conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separate equipment grounding conductor. Isolate equipment grounding conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables.

G. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install an equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners and heaters. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct.

H. Signal and Communication Systems: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication systems, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location.

1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-2-by-12-inch grounding bus.

2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.

I. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Provide a grounding electrode in addition to installing a separate equipment grounding conductor with supply branch-circuit conductors.

J. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes.

Page 101: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

1. Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating.

B. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance.

D. Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connectors. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor to street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end.

E. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors.

F. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from equipment shutoff valve.

G. Install one test well for each service at the ground rod electrically closest to the service entrance. Set top of well flush with finished grade or floor.

3.04 CONNECTIONS

A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible.

1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series.

2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.

3. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.

B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.

C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors.

D. Non-contact Metal Raceway Terminations: If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically non-continuous conduits at entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression-type connectors on conductors and make bolted- and clamped-type connections between conductors and ground rods.

Page 102: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

F. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A .

G. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor.

H. Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable.

3.05 OVERHEAD-LINE GROUNDING

A. Comply with IEEE C2 requirements. Use 2 or more parallel ground rods if a single ground rod electrode resistance to ground exceeds 25 ohms.

B. Drive ground rods to a depth of 12 inches below finished grade in undisturbed earth.

C. Ground Rod Connections: Use clamp-type connectors listed for the purpose for underground connections and connections to rods.

D. Lightning Arresters: Separate arrester grounds from other grounding conductors.

E. Secondary Neutral and Tank of Transformer: Interconnect and connect to grounding conductor.

F. Protect grounding conductors running on surface of wood poles with molding extended from grade level up to and through communication service and transformer spaces.

3.06 UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING

A. Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod close to wall and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide a No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout.

B. Connections to Manhole Components: Connect exposed-metal parts, such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits.

C. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and counterpoise circling pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and non-current-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Use tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for counterpoise and for taps to equipment ground pad. Bury counterpoise not less than 18 inches below grade and 6 inches from the foundation.

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:

1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements.

2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test

Page 103: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 6 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

wells. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81.

3. Provide drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding electrodes, identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results.

a. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.

b. Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms.

c. Equipment Rated More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms.

d. Substations and Pad-Mounted Switching Equipment: 5 ohms.

e. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms.

4. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Owner representative promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.

3.08 GRADING AND PLANTING

A. Restore surface features, including vegetation, at areas disturbed by Work of this Section. Reestablish original grades, unless otherwise indicated. If sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other activities to their original condition. Include application of topsoil, fertilizer, lime, seed, sod, sprig, and mulch. Comply with Section 32 90 00 (02900) - "Planting." Maintain restored surfaces. Restore disturbed paving as indicated.

END OF SECTION

Page 104: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS 262400 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 26 24 00 (16440) - SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Load Centers And Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, And Associated Auxiliary Equipment Rated 600 V and Less For The Following Types:

a. Lighting and Appliance Branch-Circuit Panelboards.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 26 05 19 (16490) - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.

B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

C. RFI: Radio-frequency interference.

D. RMS: Root mean square.

E. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.

F. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data:

a. For each type of switchboard, panelboard, overcurrent protective device, TVSS device, ground-fault protector, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.

2. Shop Drawings: For each switchboard, panelboard and related equipment.

a. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following:

1) Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1.

2) Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.

3) Short-circuit current rating of switchboards and overcurrent protective devices.

4) Descriptive documentation of optional barriers specified for electrical insulation and isolation.

5) Utility company's metering provisions with indication of approval by utility company.

6) UL listing for series rating of installed devices.

7) Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.

b. Wiring Diagrams: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring and differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

Page 105: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS 262400 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3. Qualification Data: Submit data for testing agencies indicating that they comply with qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.

4. Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports and include the following:

a. Test procedures used.

b. Test results that comply with requirements.

c. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.

5. Manufacturer's field service report.

6. Updated mimic-bus diagram for switchboard reflecting field changes after final switchboard load connections have been made, for record.

7. Maintenance Data: For Switchboards, Panelboards and components to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. In addition to requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Contract Closeout," include the following:

a. Routine maintenance requirements for switchboards and all installed components.

b. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices.

c. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device.

8. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load balancing.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association or National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Comply with NEMA PB1 for panelboards.

D. Comply with NFPA 70.

E. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for switchboards, including clearances between switchboards, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver in sections of lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path.

B. Store indoors in clean dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage.

C. Handle switchboards according to NEMA PB 2.1.

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Installation Pathway: Remove and replace access fencing, doors, lift-out panels, and structures to provide pathway for moving switchboards into place.

Page 106: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS 262400 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Owner representative not less than seven days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. Identify extent and duration of utility interruptions.

2. Indicate method of providing temporary utilities.

3. Proceed with utility interruptions only after receiving Owner’s representative written authorizations.

C. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 104 deg F.

2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet.

1.07 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of switchboards, panelboards, and components with other construction, including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.

B. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 03 30 00 (03300) "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

PART 2 PRODUCT

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories:

a. Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer Products

b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Div.

c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

d. Square D Co.; a Division of Groupe Schneider

2.02 PANELBOARDS - FABRICATION AND FEATURES

A. Enclosures: Flush- and/or surface-mounted cabinets as indicated on drawings. NEMA PB 1, Type 1, to meet environmental conditions at installed location.

B. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box.

C. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover.

D. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer coat.

E. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted inside metal frame, inside panelboard door.

F. Bus: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity or tin-plated aluminum.

G. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material.

H. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors; bonded to box.

Page 107: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS 262400 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

I. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices.

J. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment ground conductors; insulated from box.

K. Extra-Capacity Neutral Bus: Neutral bus rated 200 percent of phase bus and UL listed as suitable for nonlinear loads.

L. Gutter Barrier: Arrange to isolate individual panel sections.

M. Feed-through Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device.

2.03 PANELBOARDS - SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING

A. UL label indicating series-connected rating with integral or remote upstream devices. Include size and type of upstream device allowable, branch devices allowable, and UL series-connected short-circuit rating.

2.04 LOAD CENTERS

A. Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in, full-module circuit breaker.

B. Conductor Connectors: Mechanical type for main, neutral, and ground lugs and buses.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PROTECTION

A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.02 EXAMINATION

A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive switchboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install load centers and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1

B. Mounting of Panelboards: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish.

C. Circuit Directory: Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard loads. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable.

D. Install filler plates in unused spaces.

E. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing load balancing.

3.04 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Section 26 05 53 (16075) "Identification for Electrical Systems".

3.05 CONNECTIONS

A. Install equipment grounding connections for panels with ground continuity to main electrical ground bus.

B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

Page 108: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS 262400 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.06 ADJUSTING

A. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges.

3.07 CLEANING

A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of switchboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.

END OF SECTION

Page 109: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 26 27 26 (16140) - WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Receptacles, Connectors, Switches, And Finish Plates.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 26 05 53 (16075) – Identification for Electrical Systems.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Maintenance Data: For materials and products to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Comply with NEMA WD 1.

1. Comply with NFPA 70 "National Electric Code"

1.05 COORDINATION

A. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations.

1. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.

1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01790 (01 78 43) “Spare Parts and Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Receptacles, Switches and Wall Plates

a. Lutron Electronics Company, Inc

b. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.

c. Cooper

2. Wiring Devices:

a. GE Company; GE Wiring Devices

b. Hubbell, Inc.; Wiring Devices Div.

c. Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.

d. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.

Page 110: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

2.02 RECEPTACLES

A. Straight Blade and Locking Type Recptacles: General duty grade, NEMA 5-20R duplex type.

B. GFCI Receptacles: Feed-through type, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R duplex receptacle arranged to protect connected downstream receptacles on same circuit. Design units for installation in a 2-3/4-inch- deep outlet box without an adapter.

C. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Equipment grounding contacts connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap.

1. Devices: Listed and labeled as isolated-ground receptacles.

Isolation Method: Integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts.

2.03 SWITCHES

A. Toggle Switches:

1. Snap Switches: General-duty, quiet type.

2. Combination Switch and Receptacle: Both devices in a single gang unit with plaster ears and removable tab connector that permit separate or common feed connection.

a. Switch: 20 A, 120/277-VAC.

b. Receptacle: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-15R.

3. Where more than one switch occurs at the same location, they shall be ganged under one plate. Where space does not permit horizontal ganging, interchangeable type switches may be used, only with approval of the Owner’s Representative.

B. Dimmer Switches: Modular, full-wave, solid-state units with integral, quiet on/off switches and audible and electromagnetic noise filters.

1. Control: Continuously adjustable slide. Single-pole or three-way switch to suit connections.

2. Incandescent Lamp Dimmers: Modular, 120 V, 60 Hz with continuously adjustable slide; single pole with soft tap or other quiet switch; electromagnetic filter to eliminate noise, RF, and TV interference; and 5-inch wire connecting leads.

3. Fluorescent Lamp Dimmers: Modular; compatible with dimmer ballasts; trim potentiometer to adjust low-end dimming; dimmer-ballast combination capable of consistent dimming to a maximum of 1 percent of full brightness, with filters to reduce audible noise, RF and TV interference.

2.04 WALL PLATES

A. Single and combination types match corresponding wiring devices.

1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.

2. Provide plates for all devices and outlets with opening configuration suitable for devices to be covered.

3. Plates shall be smooth high abuse nylon secured in place with screws finsihed to match the plates.

4. Color:

a. Almond

b. Color of devices shall match cover plates.

Page 111: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure.

B. Protect devices and assemblies during painting. Install wall plates when painting is complete.

C. Install wall dimmers to achieve indicated rating after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer.

D. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers.

E. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multi-gang wall plates.

F. Adjust locations at which floor service outlets and telephone/power service poles are installed to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings.

3.02 IDENTIFICATION

A. Comply with Section 26 05 53 (16075) "Identification for Electrical Systems."

1. Switches: Where three or more switches are ganged, and elsewhere as indicated, identify each switch with approved legend engraved on wall plate.

2. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use machine-printed, pressure-sensitive, abrasion-resistant label tape on face of plate and durable wire markers or tags within outlet boxes.

3.03 CONNECTIONS

A. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch-circuit equipment grounding conductor.

B. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Connect to isolated-ground conductor routed to designated isolated equipment ground terminal of electrical system.

C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturers published torque-tightening values. If manufacturers torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate each device at least six times.

B. Check TVSS receptacle indicating lights for normal indication.

C. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer's written instructions.

D. Replace damaged or defective components.

3.05 CLEANING

A. Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and enclosures. Replace stained or improperly painted wall plates or devices.

END OF SECTION

Page 112: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 26 28 16 (16410) - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Individually Mounted Switches and Circuit Breakers Used for the following:

a. Service Disconnect Switches.

b. Feeder And Equipment Disconnect Switches.

c. Feeder Branch-Circuit Protection.

d. Motor Disconnect Switches.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 26 05 19 (16490) - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: For fuses in fusible disconnect switches.

2. Section 26 05 53 (16075) - Identification for Electrical Systems.

3. Section 26 24 00 (16440) - Switchboards and Panelboards: For individually enclosed, fused power-circuit devices used as feeder disconnect switches.

4. Section 26 27 26 (16140) - Wiring Devices: For attachment plugs and receptacles, and snap switches used for disconnect switches.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Product Data:

a. Descriptive data and time-current curves.

b. Let-through current curves for circuit breakers with current-limiting characteristics.

c. Coordination charts and tables and related data.

2. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for power and control systems and differentiating between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

3. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of owners representative and owners, and other information specified.

4. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results.

5. Maintenance data for tripping devices to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 01.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: In addition to the requirements specified in Section 01 45 00 - "Quality Control," an independent testing agency shall meet OSHA criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, or shall be a full member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA).

1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by NETA or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies, to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

Page 113: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

B. Source Limitations: Obtain disconnect switches and circuit breakers from one source and by a single manufacturer.

C. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.

D. Listing and Labeling: Provide disconnect switches and circuit breakers specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.

1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.

2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Disconnect Switches:

a. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution and Control Division

b. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

c. Square D Co.; a Division of Groupe Schneider

d. Eaton Corp. Cutler-Hammer Products

2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES

A. Enclosed, Non-fusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with lockable handle.

B. Enclosed, Fusible Switch, 800 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, clips to accommodate specified fuses, enclosure consistent with environment where located, handle lockable with 2 padlocks, and interlocked with cover in CLOSED position.

C. Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, Type 1, unless otherwise specified or required to meet environmental conditions of installed location.

1. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install disconnect switches and circuit breakers in locations as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Install disconnect switches and circuit breakers level and plumb.

C. Install wiring between disconnect switches, circuit breakers, control, and indication devices.

D. Connect disconnect switches and circuit breakers and components to wiring system and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer.

1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

E. Identify each disconnect switch and circuit breaker according to requirements specified in Section 26 05 53 (16075) - "Electrical Identification."

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: After installing disconnect switches and circuit breakers and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.

Page 114: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for disconnect switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters.

B. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest.

3.03 ADJUSTING

A. Set field-adjustable disconnect switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated or as directed in coordination study report.

3.04 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, and abrasions.

END OF SECTION

Page 115: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100a - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 26 51 00 (16510) - INTERIOR LIGHTING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Interior Lighting Fixtures

2. Lamps

3. Ballasts

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 (16050) - Common Work Results For Electrical.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. For each type of lighting fixture indicated, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, and the following:

a. Dimensions of fixtures.

b. Certified results of laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps for photometric performance.

c. Emergency lighting unit battery and charger.

d. Fluorescent and high-intensity-discharge ballasts.

e. Types of lamps.

f. Photometric data.

2. Dimming Ballast Compatibility Certificates: Signed by manufacturer of ballast certifying that ballasts are compatible with dimming systems and equipment with which they are used.

3. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements.

4. Maintenance Data: For lighting fixtures to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fixtures, Emergency Lighting Units, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

C. NFPA 101 Compliance: Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Fixtures, Mounting Hardware, and Trim: Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures with ceiling system and other construction.

1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

Page 116: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100a - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. See light fixture schedule on drawings.

2.02 FIXTURES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL

A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges.

B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.

C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under operating conditions, and arranged to permit re-lamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during re-lamping and when secured in operating position.

D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:

1. White Surfaces: 85 percent.

2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.

3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.

4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent.

E. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and ultraviolet radiation.

2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inch minimum, unless greater thickness is indicated.

2.03 FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS

A. General Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated, features include the following:

1. Designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated at full light output.

2. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percent.

3. Sound Rating: A.

B. Electronic Ballasts for Linear Lamps: Unless otherwise indicated, features include the following, besides those in "General Requirements" Paragraph above:

1. Certified Ballast Manufacturer Certification: Indicated by label.

2. Encapsulation: Without voids in potting compound.

3. Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts connected to maintain full light output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail.

C. Ballasts for Compact Lamps in Recessed Fixtures: Unless otherwise indicated, additional features include the following:

1. Type: Electronic fully encapsulated in potting compound.

2. Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum.

3. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher.

4. Flicker: Less than 5 percent.

5. Lamp Current Crest Factor: Less than 1.7.

6. Transient Protection: Comply with IEEE C62.41 for Category A1 locations.

Page 117: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100a - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

D. Ballasts for Dimmer-Controlled Fixtures: Comply with general and fixture-related requirements above for electronic ballasts.

1. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming system indicated for use with each dimming ballast.

E. Ballasts for Low-Temperature Environments: As follows:

1. Temperatures 0 Deg F Above: Electronic or electromagnetic type rated for 0 deg F starting temperature.

2. Temperatures Minus 20 Deg F and Above: Electromagnetic type designed for use with high-output lamps.

2.04 LAMPS

A. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index: 3500 K and 85 CRI, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Non-compact Fluorescent Lamp Life: Rated average is 20,000 hours at 3 hours per start when used on rapid-start circuits.

C. Metal-Halide Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index: 3600 K and 70 CRI, unless otherwise indicated.

2.05 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS

A. Comply with Section 26/27 05 00 (16050) "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods," for channel- and angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.

B. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch steel tubing with swivel ball fitting and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture.

C. Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2-inch steel tubes with single canopy arranged to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture.

D. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch- minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod.

E. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug.

F. Aircraft Cable Support: Use cable, anchorages, and intermediate supports recommended by fixture manufacturer.

2.06 FINISHES

A. Fixtures: Manufacturer's standard, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Paint Finish: Applied over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer, free of defects.

2. Metallic Finish: Corrosion resistant.

3. Colors as indicated in Light Fixture Matrix.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceiling and walls, and secure according to manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittal materials. Install lamps in each fixture.

3.02 CONNECTIONS

A. Ground Equipment.

1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

Page 118: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100a - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.

B. Advance Notice: Give dates and times for field tests.

C. Provide instruments to make and record test results.

D. Tests: As follows:

1. Verify normal operation of each fixture after installation.

2. Emergency Lighting: Interrupt electrical supply to demonstrate proper operation.

3. Verify normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal.

4. Report results in writing.

E. Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components: Replace or repair, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly.

F. Corrosive Fixtures: Replace during warranty period.

3.04 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING

A. Clean fixtures internally and externally after installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.

B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities.

END OF SECTION

Page 119: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

STRUCTURED CABLING 271000 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 27 10 00 (16710) - STRUCTURED CABLING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Premises Wiring For Telephone Distribution and computer network, Including Installations For Service By Local Telephone Exchange Carrier.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 26 05 26 (16060) - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Local Exchange Carrier: Telephone utility or other entity that provides an access line from a local exchange into the premises.

B. Exchange Access Line: Circuit carrying telephone service into the premises.

C. Distribution Circuit: Circuit from the network interface device to a distribution device, such as a terminal block or junction box.

D. Station Circuit: Circuit from a distribution device to a telecommunications outlet.

E. Telecommunications Outlet: Telephone jack for connecting equipment to communication circuits.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Comply with EIA/TIA 570.

C. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Owner representative not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner’s representative written permission.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate premises wiring with requirements of local telephone exchange carrier.

B. Coordinate premises wiring with requirements of telephone equipment supplier.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 COMPONENTS

A. Comply with EIA/TIA 570.

B. Telecommunications, computer network and Auxiliary Disconnect Outlets: Four-position modular, latching, plug-type, jack-in, flush-mounting wall plate, unless otherwise indicated.

Page 120: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

STRUCTURED CABLING 271000 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

C. Wall Plates: Designed for telephone service. Match those indicated for power receptacle outlets in same spaces for materials and finish. For wall telephone units, include provision for support of unit.

D. Distribution and Station Cable: Category 6e, Four-pair, No. 24 AWG, solid-copper, unshielded, twisted-pair construction in PVC sheath.

1. Comply with ANSI/ICEA S-80-576.

2. Plenum cable is listed for use in plenums.

E. Cabinets: Comply with Section 26 05 33 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." Furnish cabinets with backboard.

F. Backboard: 3/4-inch fireproofed interior grade plywood. Where installed in wire closet, height and width shall cover entire wall up to 96 inches above floor, unless otherwise indicated.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Telephone Service: Comply with local telephone exchange carrier's requirements for details of telephone service.

B. Install outlet boxes, telecommunications and network outlets. Each outlet shown on the drawings shall have one telecommunications outlet and one computer network outlet.

C. Install cable without damaging conductors and jacket.

1. Do not bend cable to a smaller radius than minimum recommended by manufacturer.

D. Install premises wiring in raceways, where raceway is in an accessible location, otherwise premises wiring shall be plenum rated and installed per manufacturer’s instructions.

1. Install cables in walls unless walls are solid or filled with insulation. In solid walls, install in raceway and terminate raceway with a bushing in ceiling space above outlet.

2. Install cables without raceway where concealed in accessible ceiling space, unless otherwise indicated.

3. Use pulling methods that will not damage cable or raceway, including fish tape, cable, rope, and wire-cable grips. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions.

4. Pull cables simultaneously where more than one is being installed in the same raceway or at the same location.

5. Conceal raceway, except in unfinished spaces and as indicated.

E. Install exposed cable parallel or perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members and follow surface contours where possible.

F. Secure cable to independent supports at intervals as required to prevent sagging between supports.

G. Separation of Wires: Comply with EIA/TIA-569 rules for separating unshielded copper communication and data-processing equipment cables from potential EMI sources, including electrical power lines and equipment.

3.02 CONNECTIONS

A. Ground equipment.

1. Install ground terminal at local exchange carrier service location and connect according to Section 26 05 26 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

Page 121: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

STRUCTURED CABLING 271000 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

2. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturers published torque-tightening values. If manufacturers torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.03 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify components and circuits according to Section 26 05 53 - "Identification for Electrical Systems."

B. Identify telephone system backboards and cabinets with the legend "Telephone."

C. Identify terminals at terminal strips, telecommunications outlets, and pull-and-junction boxes with approved designations.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:

1. Test continuity of each circuit pair loop.

END OF SECTION

Page 122: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMUNICATION AND DATA-PROCESSING EQUIPMENT 272000 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 27 20 00 (16740) - COMMUNICATION AND DATA-PROCESSING EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Wire, Cable, Connecting Devices, Installation, And Testing For Wiring Systems To Be Used As Signal Pathways For Voice And High-Speed Data Transmission.

a. Mounting Elements

b. Twisted-Pair Cables, Connectors, and Terminal Equipment

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 26 05 26 (16060) - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.

2. Section 26 05 33 (16130) - Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems.

3. Section 26 05 53 (16075) – Identification for Electrical Systems.

4. Section 27 10 00 (16710) – Structured Cabling.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.

B. IDC: Insulation displacement connector.

C. LAN: Local area network.

D. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.

E. STP: Shielded twisted pair.

F. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for Project with the following supporting data:

1. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of components. Show access and workspace requirements.

a. System labeling schedules, including electronic copy of labeling schedules, as specified in Part 3, in software and format selected by Owner.

2. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of cables, connectors, and terminal equipment certifying that products furnished comply with requirements.

3. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. Provide evidence of applicable registration or certification.

4. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements.

5. Maintenance Data: For products to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is a registered communication distribution designer certified by the Building Industry Consulting Service International.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

Page 123: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMUNICATION AND DATA-PROCESSING EQUIPMENT 272000 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

1.05 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Work of this Section with Owner's telephone switch, telephone instrument, workstation, and LAN equipment suppliers. Coordinate service entrance arrangement with local exchange carrier.

1. Meet jointly with representatives of above organizations and Owner's representatives to exchange information and agree on details of equipment arrangements and installation interfaces.

2. Record agreements reached in meetings and distribute record to other participants.

3. Adjust arrangements and locations of distribution frames, patch panels, and cross connects in equipment rooms and wiring closets to accommodate and optimize arrangement and space requirements of telephone switch and LAN equipment.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Cable:

a. Belden Wire & Cable Company

b. BIW Cable Systems, Inc.

c. Essex Group, Inc.; Telecommunications Products Division

d. General Cable

e. Lucent Technologies, Inc.; Network Systems

f. Mohawk/CDT

g. Panduit Corp.

2. Terminal and Connector Components, and Distribution Racks:

a. Hubbell, Inc.

b. Lucent Technologies, Inc.; Network Systems

c. Panduit Corporation

d. Thomas & Betts Corp.

2.02 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system. Match components and interconnections for optimum future performance.

B. Expansion Capability: Unless otherwise indicated, provide spare fibers and conductor pairs in cables, positions in patch panels, cross connects, and terminal strips, and space in backbone cable trays and wireways to accommodate 50 percent future increase in active station pairs.

2.03 MOUNTING ELEMENTS

A. Raceways and Boxes: Comply with Section 26 05 33 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems."

B. Backboards: 3/4-inch interior-grade, fire-resistive-treated plywood.

Page 124: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMUNICATION AND DATA-PROCESSING EQUIPMENT 272000 - 3 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

C. Distribution Racks: Freestanding and wall-mounting, modular-steel units designed for telecommunications terminal support and coordinated with dimensions of units to be supported.

1. Approximate Module Dimensions: 12 inches high by 22 inches wide.

2. Finish: Baked-polyester powder coat.

2.04 TWISTED-PAIR CABLES, CONNECTORS, AND TERMINAL EQUIPMENT

A. Listed as complying with Categories 6e of EIA/TIA-568-A. Telephone branch cable shall be Category 5e. Data branch cable shall be Category 6e.

1. Insulation Color: Blue

B. Conductors: Solid copper.

C. UTP Cable: Comply with EIA/TIA-568-A. Four thermoplastic-insulated, individually twisted pairs of conductors; No. 24 AWG, color-coded; enclosed in PVC jacket.

1. Jacket Color:

a. Telephone: White

b. Cata Cable: Blue

D. STP Workstation Cable: Comply with EIA/TIA-568-B. Two thermoplastic-insulated, individually twisted pairs of conductors; No. 22 AWG, color-coded, overall aluminum and polyester shield and No. 22 AWG tinned-copper drain wire; enclosed in PVC jacket.

E. UTP Plenum Cable: Listed for use in air-handling spaces. Features are as specified above, except materials are modified as required for listing.

F. UTP Cable Connecting Hardware: Comply with EIA/TIA-568-A. IDC type, using modules designed for punch-down caps or tools.

1. IDC Terminal Block Modules: Integral with connector bodies, including plugs and jacks where indicated.

2. IDC Connecting Hardware: Consistent throughout Project.

G. STP Cable Connecting Hardware: Comply with EIA/TIA-568-A for connectors, plugs, and jack assemblies.

H. Cross-Connect Panel: Modular array of IDC terminal blocks arranged to terminate building cables and permit interconnection between cables.

1. Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigned cables.

2. Mounting: Backboard or rack as indicated.

I. Patch Panel: Modular panels housing multiple, numbered jack units with IDC-type connectors at each jack for permanent termination of pair groups of installed cables.

1. Number of Jacks per Field: One for each four-pair UTP cable indicated.

2. Mounting: Rack.

J. Jacks and Jack Assemblies for data circuit UTP Cable: Modular, color-coded, RJ-45 receptacle units with integral IDC-type terminals.

K. Jacks and Jack Assemblies for telephone circuit UTP Cable: Modular, color-coded, RJ-11/RJ-45 receptacle units with integral IDC-type terminals. Color coded: white/blue, white/orange, white/green, white/brown.

L. UTP Patch Cords: Four-pair cables in 48-inch lengths, terminated with RJ-11 plug at each end.

Page 125: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMUNICATION AND DATA-PROCESSING EQUIPMENT 272000 - 4 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

M. STP Patch Cords: Two-pair cables in 48-inch lengths, terminated with STP plug connectors at both ends. Match plug connectors with patch-panel connectors.

N. Workstation Outlets: Dual jack-connector assemblies mounted in single or multigang faceplate.

1. Faceplate: High-impact plastic; color as selected by Owner representative.

2. Mounting: Flush, unless otherwise indicated.

3. Legend: Factory label top jack, "Voice" and bottom jack, "Data"; by silk-screening or engraving.

2.05 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS

A. Comply with Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems" and the following:

1. Cable Labels: Self-adhesive vinyl or vinyl-cloth wraparound tape markers, machine printed with alphanumeric cable designations.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine pathway elements intended for cable. Check raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, hazards to cable installation, and other conditions affecting installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 APPLICATION OF MEDIA

A. Backbone Cable for Data Service: Use UTP cable complying with Category 6e of EIA/TIA-568-A, fiber-optic cable for runs between equipment rooms and wiring closets and for runs between wiring closets if over 100 meters.

B. Backbone Cables for Voice Service: Use UTP cable complying with Category 6e of EIA/TIA-568-A for runs between equipment rooms and wiring closets and for runs between wiring closets.

C. Horizontal Cables for Data Service: Use UTP cable complying with Category 6e of EIA/TIA-568-A for runs between wiring closets and workstation outlets.

D. Horizontal Cables for Voice Service: Use UTP cable complying with Category 6e of EIA/TIA-568-A for runs between wiring closets and workstation outlets.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceway where raceway is in an accessible location and cable tray except within consoles, cabinets, desks counters and above accessible ceilings where plenum wiring method may be used. Conceal raceway and wiring except in unfinished spaces.

B. Install cable using techniques, practices, and methods that are consistent with Category 5e rating of components and that ensure Category 5e performance of completed and linked signal paths, end to end.

C. Install cable without damaging conductors, shield, or jacket.

D. Do not bend cable in handling or in installing to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer.

E. Pull cables without exceeding cable manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions.

1. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being installed in the same raceway.

2. Use pulling compound or lubricant if necessary. Use compounds that will not damage conductor or insulation.

Page 126: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMUNICATION AND DATA-PROCESSING EQUIPMENT 272000 - 5 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage media or raceway.

F. Secure and support cable at intervals not exceeding 30 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals.

G. Wiring within Wiring Closets and Enclosures: Provide adequate length of conductors. Train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Use lacing bars to restrain cables, to prevent straining connections, and to prevent bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer.

H. Separation of Wires: Comply with EIA/TIA-569 rules for separating unshielded copper communication and data-processing equipment cables from potential EMI sources, including electrical power lines and equipment.

I. Make splices, taps, and terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, and cross-connect and patch panels.

J. Use splice and tap connectors compatible with media types.

K. Install a pull wire in each and every empty conduit.

L. Each cable shall be terminated and labeled with the room number for the purpose of identification.

M. Each telephone location is to be served by one discrete four pair cable.

N. Connections of all telephone jacks should follow the USOC wiring standard.

3.04 GROUNDING

A. Comply with Section 26 05 26 (16060) “Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.”

B. Ground cable shields, drain conductors, and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments.

C. Bond shields and drain conductors to ground at only one point in each circuit.

D. Signal Ground Terminal: Locate in each equipment room and wiring closet. Isolate from power system and equipment grounding.

E. Signal Ground Bus: Mount on wall of main equipment room with standoff insulators.

F. Signal Ground Backbone Cable: Extend from signal ground bus to signal ground terminal in each wiring closet and equipment room.

3.05 INSTALLATION IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND WIRING CLOSETS

A. Mount patch panels, terminal strips, and other connecting hardware on backboards, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields.

C. Use patch panels to terminate cables entering the space, unless otherwise indicated.

3.06 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify system components complying with applicable requirements in Section 26 05 53 (16075) “Identification for Electrical Systems” and the following Specifications.

B. System: Use a unique, three-syllable alphanumeric designation for each cable, and label cable and jacks, connectors, and terminals to which it connects with the same designation. Use logical and systematic designations for facility's architectural arrangement.

1. First syllable identifies and locates wiring closet or equipment room where cable originates.

Page 127: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMUNICATION AND DATA-PROCESSING EQUIPMENT 272000 - 6 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

2. Second syllable identifies and locates cross-connect or patch-panel field in which cable terminates.

3. Third syllable designates type of media (copper or fiber) and position occupied by cable pairs or fibers in the field.

C. Workstation: Label cables within outlet boxes.

D. Distribution Racks and Frames: Label each unit and field within that unit.

E. Within Connector Fields, in Wiring Closets and Equipment Rooms: Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting hardware. Where similar jacks and plugs are used for both communication and data-processing equipment, use a different color for jacks and plugs of each service.

F. Cables, General: Label each cable within 4 inches of each termination and tap, where it is accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated.

G. Exposed Cables and Cables in Cable Trays and Wire Troughs: Label each cable at intervals not exceeding 15 feet.

H. Cable Schedule: Post in prominent location in each wiring closet and equipment room. List incoming and outgoing cables and their designations, origins, and destinations. Protect with rigid frame and clear plastic cover. Provide electronic copy of final comprehensive schedules for Project, in software and format selected by Owner.

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: On installation of cable and connectors, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. Test each signal path for end-to-end performance from each end of all pairs installed. Remove temporary connections when tests have been satisfactorily completed.

1. Copper Cable Procedures: Inspect for physical damage and test each conductor signal path for continuity and shorts. Use Class 2 bidirectional Category 5e tester. Test for faulty connectors, splices, and terminations. Test according to EIA/TIA-TSB 67, "Transmission Performance Specifications for Field Testing of Unshielded Twisted-Pair Cabling Systems." Link performance for UTP cables must meet minimum criteria of EIA/TIA-568-A.

2. Fiber-Optic Cable Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test, including optional procedures, stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.25. Certify compliance with test parameters and manufacturer's written recommendations. Test optical performance with optical power meter capable of generating light at all appropriate wavelengths.

B. Correct malfunctioning units at Project site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest.

3.08 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips, scratches, and abrasions.

3.09 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems.

1. Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 (01820) "Training”.

2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment and schedules.

Page 128: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

COMMUNICATION AND DATA-PROCESSING EQUIPMENT 272000 - 7 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

3. Train designated personnel in cable-plant management operations, including changing signal pathways for different workstations, rerouting signals in failed cables, and extending wiring to establish new workstation outlets.

END OF SECTION

Page 129: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

LIGHTING MOTION SENSORS 281350 - 1 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

SECTION 28 13 50 – LIGHTING MOTION SENSES PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK

A. Lighting Equipment.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittals.

B. Section 01 91 13 – General Commissioning (Cx) Requirements.

C. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results – Electrical.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit “Letter of Conformance” in accordance with Section 01 33 2 indicating specified items selected for use in Project with the following supporting data:

1. Maintenance Data: For materials and products to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MOTION SENSORS

A. Ceiling Sensor: ultrasonic technology, surface mounted on ceiling, with flush backbox if in finished ceiling area.

1. Power pack in backbox operates at line voltage of lighting circuit.

a. Pack contains output contact to control luminaires on circuit. Contact rated for voltage of operation of luminaires.

b. Provide ancillary hardware to provide control function as detailed on the drawings for the following: one sensor control more than one luminaire circuit slave pack) or more than one sensor controlling a Power Pack (slave sensor).

c. Acceptable manufacturer: Watt Stopper, Lithonia Litronic or approved equal.

.1 #W-1000A for sensor in open areas.

.2 #W-2000H for sensor in corridors.

.3 AA347-D power pack.

2. Wall Sensor: passive infrared technology , flush mounted in flush single-gang box in wall by door to room.

a. Controls 120Vac lighting circuit in room; manual-on and auto-off by sensing of infrared energy from a moving human body has ended.

b. Delay-off timer, adjustable time 0.5 to 30 minutes.

c. Motion Sensitivity, adjustable.

d. Manual-on switch.

e. Compatible with electronic ballasts.

f. Color: white

g. Acceptable manufacturer: Watt Stopper WA-200, or approved equal.

Page 130: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

LIGHTING MOTION SENSORS 281350 - 2 KENTUCY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SCB 1672

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install sensors at locations indicated.

B. For ceiling sensors; interconnect sensors and power packs as detailed and to manufacturer’s instructions, and to lighting circuit.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Demonstrate that ceiling sensors and power packs control lighting circuits to the intent of the design.

B. Demonstrate that wall sensors automatically turn off lighting in room without nuisance off cycles.

END OF SECTION

Page 131: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 1 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

SECTION 312000 - EARTHWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section Includes:

This Section includes all work; labor, machinery, disposal and replacement of unsuitable soil, removal of rock and any materials encountered to plan bottom depth/ subgrade for all earthwork related items. These items shall include, but are not limited to, earthwork procedures for drives, parking lots, pavements, building foundations, footings, caissons, building slabs, utility trenches, etc.

All excavation, fill work shall be considered as unclassified with regard to type and condition with costs reflecting all expenses necessary to achieve plan bottom depth/ subgrade and all grading effort as shown on the drawings.

No change in the contract price will be considered for any materials encountered and/or required to be removed, or replaced to achieve plan bottom depth/ subgrade the earthwork requirements.

The following is a list of the items, which are included as a part of this work:

1. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade, walks, pavements, lawns, and plantings. 2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. 3. Drainage course for slabs-on-grade. 4. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements. 5. Base course for asphalt paving. 6. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 7. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines. 8. Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried mechanical and electrical utilities and pits

for buried utility structures. 9. Excavating and backfilling for exterior storm drainage beyond the building limits. 10. Placement of topsoil as shown on the plans.

1.2 UNIT PRICES

A. Work of this Section can be affected by unit prices for items added or deleted from the base bid scope

B. Rock Measurement: Volume of rock actually removed, measured in original position, but not to exceed the following. Unit prices for rock excavation include replacement with approved materials.

1. 24 inches (600 mm) outside of concrete forms other than at footings.

Page 132: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 2 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

2. 12 inches (300 mm) outside of concrete forms at footings. 3. 6 inches (150 mm) outside of minimum required dimensions of concrete cast against

grade. 4. Outside dimensions of concrete walls indicated to be cast against rock without forms or

exterior waterproofing treatments. 5. 6 inches (150 mm) beneath bottom of concrete slabs-on-grade. 6. 6 inches (150 mm) beneath pipe in trenches, and the greater of 24 inches (600 mm)

wider than pipe or 42 inches (1065 mm) wide.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.

1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe.

2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.

B. Base Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving.

C. SubBase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade course base courses. Aggregate layer supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water

D. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe.

E. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. Testing by geotechnical engineer prior to delivery to the site is required.

F. Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water.

G. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated.

1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for unit prices changes in the Work.

2. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 feet in width and more than 30 feet in length. 3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated

lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation.

4. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Architect. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work.

H. Plan bottom depth: Plan bottom depth is defined as the lowest elevation of excavation indicated on the drawings or otherwise noted. This includes bottom of excavations for foundations, utilities, roads, parking, sidewalks or required undercutting as indicated or noted on drawings or geotechnical report. Contractor shall include in bid all labor and materials required to achieve plan bottom depths as indicated.

Page 133: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 3 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

I. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated.

1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for unit prices changes in the Work.

2. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 feet (3 m)in width and more than 30 feet (9 m) in length.

3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation.

4. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Architect. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work.

J. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders of rock material that exceed 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) for bulk excavation or 3/4 cu. yd. (0.57 cu. m) for footing, trench, and pit excavation that that exceed a standard penetration resistance of [100 blows/2 inches (97 blows/50 mm)] when tested by a geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D 1586 and cannot be removed by rock excavating equipment equivalent to the following in size and performance ratings, without systematic drilling, ram hammering, ripping, or blasting, when permitted:

1. Excavation of Footings, Trenches, and Pits: Late-model, track-mounted hydraulic excavator; equipped with a 42-inch- (1065-mm-) wide, maximum, short-tip-radius rock bucket; rated at not less than 138-hp (103-kW) flywheel power with bucket-curling force of not less than 28,700 lbf (128 kN) and stick-crowd force of not less than 18,400 lbf (82 kN) with extra-long reach boom; measured according to SAE J-1179.

2. Bulk Excavation: Late-model, track-mounted loader; rated at not less than 230-hp (172-kW) flywheel power and developing a minimum of 47,992-lbf (213.3-kN) breakout force with a general-purpose bare bucket; measured according to SAE J-732.

K. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface.

L. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.

M. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, structures, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials.

N. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface.

O. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, 4 percent organic material minimum, free of stones 1 inch (25 mm) or larger in any dimension, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.

1. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled off site and /or amend existing surface soil to

produce topsoil. Supplement with imported topsoil when quantities are insufficient to achieve

Page 134: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 4 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

the grading effort as shown on the drawings. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sods, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth prior to placement on site.

P. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Material Test Reports: For each on-site and borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill as follows:

1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 698 or ASTM D 1557 as required by

Geotechnical Report. 3. All reports are to be signed by a Professional Engineer with licenses to practice in the

state of this project

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Blasting: Not allowed

B. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials and rock-definition testing, as documented according to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 548.

C. Preexcavation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site

D. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Prepared aggregate subbase shall comply with the Kentucky Transportation Cabinet (KTC) standard specifications, latest edition and with the local governing regulations, if more stringent than herein specified.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during earth moving operations.

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing earth moving indicated on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract.

1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Architect.

C. Utility Locator Service: Notify “Call 811 Before You Dig" for the area where Project is located before beginning earth moving operations.

Page 135: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 5 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

D. Do not commence earth-moving operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures, specified and shown on Erosion Sediment Control Plan are in place.

E. Do not commence earth-moving operations until plant-protection measures specified and shown on the drawings are in place.

F. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission. 3. Contact utility-locator service for area where Project is located before excavating. 4. Locate existing underground utilities in areas of excavation work. If utilities are indicated

to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations.

5. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to the utility owner’s satisfaction at no cost to the Owner.

G. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active.

H. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:

1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Foot traffic. 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other is digging unless otherwise indicated. 7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise

indicated. 8. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones. 9. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection

zones.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOIL MATERIALS

A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations.

B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM according to ASTM D 2487 or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches (75 mm) in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.

C. CL and CH soils placed as recommended by project Geotechnical Engineer

Page 136: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 6 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

1. CL and CH soils not meeting the requirements above will be considered as satisfactory soils when modified in accordance with the construction drawings, Kentucky Transportation standard specifications Section 208 “Chemically Stabilized Roadbed”, and upon review by the Geotechnical Engineer.

D. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups not approved or recommended by Geotechnical Engineer.

1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 3 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction.

2. All unsatisfactory soil beneath pavement, building floor slabs, and interior/exterior footings shall be remediated in accordance with the construction drawings and the Project Geotechnical Engineer recommendations. The Geotechnical Engineer shall monitor all soil remediation actions including excavation, proof rolling, soil placement, and compaction.

E. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.

F. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.

G. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve. Or as recommended by the project Geotechnical Engineer

H. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a 1-inch (25-mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.

I. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve.

J. Filter Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone and natural sand; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 67; with 100 percent passing a 1-inch (25-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 4 (4.75-mm) sieve.

K. Sand: ASTM C 33; fine aggregate.

L. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state.

2.2 GEOTEXTILES

A. Subsurface Drainage Geotextile: Nonwoven needle-punched geotextile, manufactured for subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation greater than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced:

Page 137: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 7 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288. 2. Grab Tensile Strength: 157 lbf (700 N); ASTM D 4632. 3. Sewn Seam Strength: 142 lbf (630 N); ASTM D 4632. 4. Tear Strength: 56 lbf (250 N); ASTM D 4533. 5. Puncture Strength: 56 lbf (250 N); ASTM D 4833. 6. Apparent Opening Size: No. 40 (0.425-mm) sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 7. Permittivity: 50 gpm per sqft per, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 8. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355.

B. Separation Geotextile: Woven geotextile fabric, manufactured for separation applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation less than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced:

1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288. 2. Grab Tensile Strength: 247 lbf (1100 N); ASTM D 4632. 3. Sewn Seam Strength: 222 lbf (990 N); ASTM D 4632. 4. Tear Strength: 90 lbf (400 N); ASTM D 4533. 5. Puncture Strength: 90 lbf (400 N); ASTM D 4833. 6. Apparent Opening Size: No. 30 (0.6-mm) sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 7. Permittivity: 0.02 per second, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 8. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355.

2.3 CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL

A. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Self-compacting, flowable concrete material produced from the following:

1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. 3. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, 3/8-inch (10-mm)] nominal maximum aggregate

size. 4. Foaming Agent: ASTM C 869. 5. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 6. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

B. Produce low-density, controlled low-strength material with the following physical properties:

1. As-Cast Unit Weight: 30 to 36 lb/cu. ft. (480 to 576 kg/cu. m)) at point of placement, when tested according to ASTM C 138/C 138M.

2. Compressive Strength: 80 psi (550 kPa) 10 psi (965 kPa), when tested according to ASTM C 495.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows:

1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems.

Page 138: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 8 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

5. Green: Sewer systems.

B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches (750 mm) deep; colored as follows:

1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth moving operations.

B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth moving operations.

C. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.

D. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary.

E. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials.

3.2 DEWATERING

A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area..

B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation.

1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches.

2. Install a dewatering system to keep subgrades dry and convey ground water away from excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required.

3.3 EXPLOSIVES 1. Explosives: Not used on this project.

Page 139: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 9 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL

A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions to subgrade elevation.

1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.

2. Remove rock to lines and grades indicated to permit installation of permanent construction without exceeding the following dimensions:

a. 24 inches (600 mm) outside of concrete forms other than at footings. b. 12 inches (300 mm) outside of concrete forms at footings. c. 6 inches (150 mm) outside of minimum required dimensions of concrete cast

against grade. d. Outside dimensions of concrete walls indicated to be cast against rock without

forms or exterior waterproofing treatments. e. 6 inches (150 mm beneath bottom of concrete slabs-on-grade. f. 6 inches (150 mm) beneath pipe in trenches, and the greater of [24 inches (600

mm) wider than pipe or 42 inches (1065 mm) wide.

B. All excavation shall follow the recommendations of the Report of Geotechnical Exploration for the project.

C. All fill operations shall follow the benching recommendations and be tested by the project geotechnical engineer or his representative.

D. Once areas for lawns have been graded to subgrade, notify landscape architect for review prior to placement of topsoil. Areas receiving topsoil prior to review will not be accepted. ALL CONSTRUCTION STONE SHALL BE REMOVED< SUBGRADE FOR LAWN AREAS SHALL BE a minimum of 12” of SOIL

3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES

A. Refer to Specification section Earthwork for Structures.

B. Excavations at Edges of Tree- and Plant-Protection Zones:

1. Excavate by hand to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. Use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break, tear, or chop exposed roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots.

2. Cut and protect roots as directed by an arborist licensed in jurisdiction where Project is located retained by the contractor.

3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS

A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades.

Page 140: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 10 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES

A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.

1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line.

B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher than top of pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated.

1. Clearance: 12 inches (300 mm) each side of pipe or conduit

C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade.

1. For pipes and conduit less than 6 inches (150 mm) in nominal diameter, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade.

2. For pipes and conduit 6 inches (150 mm) or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe or conduit circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill.

3. For flat-bottomed, multiple-duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support conduit on an undisturbed subgrade.

4. Excavate trenches 6 inches (150 mm) deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course.

D. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 6 inches (100 mm) deeper than bottom of pipe and conduit elevations to allow for bedding course. Hand-excavate deeper for bells of pipe.

1. Excavate trenches 6 inches (150 mm) deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course.

E. Trenches in Tree- and Plant-Protection Zones:

1. Hand-excavate to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. Use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break, tear, or chop exposed roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots.

2. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities.

3. Cut and protect roots as directed by an arborist licensed in jurisdiction where Project is located retained by the contractor.

3.8 SUBGRADE INSPECTION

A. Notify Architect and Geotechnical Engineer when excavations have reached required subgrade.

B. If Geotechnical Engineer determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material following on site geotechnical engineer recommendations when directed in writing. from Architect or construction manager.

Page 141: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 11 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

C. Proof-roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavements with a pneumatic-tired and loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 25 tons to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades.

1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction, repeating proof-rolling in direction perpendicular to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph (5 km/h).

2. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Geotechnical engineer, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed by Architect or Construction manager.

3. Do not proof roll wet or saturated subgrades.

D. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work.

E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect or Construction Manager, without additional compensation.

3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION

A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi (17.2 MPa), may be used when approved by Architect.

1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Architect.

2. No changes to contract will occur as a result of unauthorized excavation.

3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS

A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.

1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.

3.11 BACKFILL

A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:

1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.

2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents. 3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls.

Page 142: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 12 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

C. Place backfill following recommendations of the Report of Geotechnical Exploration and as shown on the drawings.

3.12 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL

A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits.

C. Trenches under Footings: Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches (450 mm) of bottom of footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

D. Trenches under Roadways: Provide 6-inch- (100-mm-) thick, concrete-base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches (750 mm) below surface of roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase course. Concrete is specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete.

E. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while removing shoring and bracing.

F. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material free of particles larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the pipe or conduit.

1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.

G. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Place initial backfill of controlled low-strength material to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the pipe or conduit.

H. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.

I. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.

J. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Place final backfill of controlled low-strength material to final subgrade elevation.

K. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grade, except 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavements and slabs.

3.13 SOIL FILL

A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material.

B. Refer to report of geotechnical exploration.

Page 143: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 13 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

C. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:

1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill. 4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill. 5. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. 6. This does not relieve the contractor from meeting topsoil requirements. Refer to

landscape specifications.

D. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

E. Contractor shall remove ALL stone and filter fabric placed for construction access and scarify all sub-grades to a depth of 4” prior to placement of topsoil. Landscape architect shall review grades prior to placement of topsoil. Contractor shall place a minimum of 8” of topsoil on all areas outside of the buildings that are not paved or constructed with other improvements. Topsoil shall be free of stones and amended as necessary to meet definitions of topsoil prior to placement on site.

3.14 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL

A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.

1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.

2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.

3.15 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS

A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches (100 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.

B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure.

C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698

1. Under building, scarify and re-compact top 12 inches (150 mm). Compact subgrade and fill material as follows; compact all soil materials placed beneath floor slabs and above bottom of footing elevation to 98 percent. The moisture content shall be maintained between minus 2, plus 1 percent of optimal moisture.

2. Under, walkways, pavements and sportsfields scarify and re-compact top 6 inches (150 mm) of existing subgrade. Any soil fill placed within base of pavement section shall be compacted to 95 percent. The moisture content shall be maintained between minus 2, plus 1 percent of the optimal moisture

Page 144: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 14 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

3. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and re-compact the top 6 inches (150 mm) below

subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material to 92 percent.

D. Refer to geotechnical report.

3.16 GRADING

A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated.

1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface

tolerances.

B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:

1. Turf or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 0.1 ft. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 0.05 ft. 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 0.05 ft. 4. Sports fields : refer to sports fields specifications

C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch (13 mm) when tested with a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge.

D. Contractor shall provide and place topsoil a minimum of 8” in thickness on the site to the finish grades as shown on the plans. All areas shall have positive drainage to the storm sewer system.. All erosion control measures required to hold topsoil in place until lawn is established are part of the contractor responsibility.

E. Refer to landscape plan for planting areas which are to receive amended dirt in place of 8” of topsoil.

3.17 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE

A. All subsurface drainage shall be installed as specified, shown on the drawings and following recommendations of the report of geotechnical exploration.

B. Subdrainage Pipe: Shall be placed as Specified and as shown on the drawings

C. Subsurface Drain: Place subsurface drainage geotextile around perimeter of subdrainage trench. Place a 6-inch (150-mm) course of filter material on subsurface drainage geotextile to support subdrainage pipe. Encase subdrainage pipe in a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) of filter material, placed in compacted layers 6 inches (150 mm) thick, and wrap in subsurface drainage geotextile, overlapping sides and ends at least 6 inches (150 mm)

1. Compact each filter material layer to 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698 with a minimum of two passes of a plate-type vibratory compactor.

D. Drainage Backfill: Place and compact filter material over subsurface drain, in width indicated, to within 12 inches (300 mm) of final subgrade, in compacted layers 6 inches (150 mm) thick.

Page 145: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 15 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

Overlay drainage backfill with one layer of subsurface drainage geotextile, overlapping sides and ends at least 6 inches (150 mm).

1. Compact each filter material layer to 85 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698 with a minimum of two passes of a plate-type vibratory compactor.

2. Place and compact impervious fill over drainage backfill in 6-inch- (150-mm-) thick compacted layers to final subgrade.

3.18 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS

A. Install separation fabric on prepared subgrade according to manufacturer's written instructions, overlapping sides and ends where indicated on construction drawings.

B. Under pavements and walks, place subbase course on separation fabric according to fabric manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Place subbase course and base course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

D. On prepared subgrade, place subbase course under pavements and walks as follows:

1. Install separation geotextile on prepared subgrade according to manufacturer's written instructions, overlapping sides and ends where indicated on construction drawings.

2. Place base course material over subbase course under hot-mix asphalt pavement. 3. Shape subbase course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. 4. Place subbase course 6 inches (150 mm) or less in compacted thickness in a single

layer. 5. Place subbase course that exceeds 6 inches (150 mm) in compacted thickness in layers

of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches (150 mm) thick or less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick.

6. Compact subbase course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557.

E. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders, at least 12 inches (300 mm) wide, of satisfactory soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase layer to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557.

3.19 DRAINAGE COURSE UNDER CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE

A. Place drainage course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

B. On prepared subgrade, place and compact drainage course under cast-in-place concrete slabs-on-grade as follows:

1. Install sub drainage geotextile on prepared subgrade according to manufacturer's written instructions, overlapping sides and ends where indicated on construction drwg’s.

2. Place drainage course 6 inches (150 mm) or less in compacted thickness in a single layer.

3. Place drainage course that exceeds 6 inches (150 mm) in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches (150 mm) thick or less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick.

Page 146: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 16 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

4. Compact each layer of drainage course to required cross sections and thicknesses to not less than 100 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.

3.20 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Special Inspections and Quality Assurance: The Owner will engage a qualified testing agency perform the following special inspections:

1. Determine prior to placement of fill that site has been prepared in compliance with requirements.

2. Determine that fill material and maximum lift thickness comply with requirements. 3. Determine, at the required frequency, that in-place density of compacted fill complies with

requirements. 4. Verify use of proper materials, densities and lift thicknesses during placement and

compaction of controlled fill. 5. Prior to placement of controlled fill, observe subgrade and verify that site has been

prepared properly. 6. Requirements of 2007 KBC chapter 17.

B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements.

D. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design-bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Architect.

E. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D698, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies:

1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m)or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests.

2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least one test for every 100 feet (30 m) or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests.

3. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for every 150 feet (46 m) or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests.

4. All column footings interior and along exterior wall shall be individually tested for acceptance for bearing capacity using the dynamic cone penatration.

5. The foundation wall footings shall be tested using the dynamic cone penetration test at an interval of not less than 30’.

F. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to depth required; re-compact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.

Page 147: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EARTHWORK 312000 - 17 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

3.21 PROTECTION

A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.

B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.

1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact.

C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.

1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.

3.22 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS

A. Transport surplus soil to designated storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Architect. 1. Soil stockpiles shall not exceed 6’ in height or have slopes greater than 4:1 without

written approval of the architect.

2. Remove waste materials, including trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.

END OF SECTION 312000

Page 148: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

DEWATERING (DURING CONSTRUCTION) 312319 - 1 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME - HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

SECTION 312319 – DEWATERING (DURING CONSTRUCTION)

PART 1 -GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the design and installation of a temporary de-watering system until

completion of construction to remove surface and subsurface waters from structure or

utility trench excavations as required.

B. The Site Contractor shall be responsible for providing dewatering as associated with site

work and as required for the progress of the work. The site contractor shall sign the

memo of understanding located in the erosion control specification section transferring

dewatering responsibility from the demolition contractor.

C. The Contractor installing work in trenches shall be responsible for providing dewatering as

associated with utility work in trenches as required for the progress of the work.

D. The Concrete foundation sub-contractor shall be responsible to provide De-watering as

associated with footing excavations as required for the progress of the work.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit to the Owner’s Representative for review, the proposed methods of

construction, including de-watering, excavation, bedding, filling, compaction and back

filling for the various portions of the Work. The Owner’s Representative's review shall be

for method only. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the adequacy and safety of

the methods.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards: The de-watering of any utility structure or utility trench and the disposal of

water during construction shall be in accordance with all local and state government rules,

regulations, and applicable permit conditions.

1.5 CRITERIA

A. The de-watering system shall be developed to the point that it is capable of de-watering

the site surrounding all structures, utility structures, or utility trenches as shown on the

Drawings.

1.6 PERMITS

A. General: Each Subcontractor shall be responsible for the preparation of, submission of,

costs for, and any additional requirements necessary to obtain all permits required for de-

watering.

Page 149: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

DEWATERING (DURING CONSTRUCTION) 312319 - 2 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME - HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

PART 2 -PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Equipment: The equipment specified herein shall be standard de-watering equipment of

proven ability as designed, manufactured, and installed by firms having experience in the

design and production of such equipment. The equipment furnished shall be designed,

constructed and installed in accordance with standard industry practices and methods.

PART 3 -EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. De-watering: The sub-contractors shall install a temporary de-watering systems for the

removal of surface and subsurface water encountered during construction of the

proposed structures or excavation of utility trenches.

3.2 PUMPING AND DRAINAGE

A. Maintenance: The sub-contractors shall at all times during construction provide and

maintain proper equipment and facilities to remove all water entering the proposed

excavations, and shall keep such excavations dry so as to obtain a satisfactory

undisturbed sub-grade foundation condition until the fills, structures or pipes to be built

thereon have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise

damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural levels.

B. Bearing: De-watering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the

undisturbed bearing capacity of the sub-grade soils at the proposed bottom of the

excavation and to preserve the integrity of adjacent structures. At a minimum, the water

level shall be two feet below the trench or excavation bottom. Well or pump installations

shall be constructed with proper sand filters to prevent drawing of finer grained soil from

the surrounding ground.

C. Rim Ditches: Water entering the excavation from surface runoff shall be collected in

shallow ditches around the perimeter of the excavation, drained to sumps, and pumped

from the excavation to maintain a bottom free from standing water.

D. Flotation: the sub-contractors shall prevent Flotation, by maintaining a positive and

continuous operation of the de-watering system. The Contractor shall be fully responsible

and liable for all damages, which may result from failure of this system.

E. Fuel Spills: The sub-contractors shall take all necessary precautions to preclude the

accidental discharge of fuel, oil, etc. in order to prevent adverse effects on groundwater

quality.

3.3 PROTECTION AND SITE CLEAN UP

A. Immediately upon completion of the de-watering operations, the sub-contractor shall

remove all of his equipment, materials, and supplies from the site of the work, remove all

surplus material and debris, fill in all holes or excavations, and grade the site to elevations

of the surface levels which existed before work started.

END OF SECTION 312319

Page 150: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

TERMITE CONTROL 313116 - 1 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME - HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

SECTION 313116 - TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following for termite control:

1. Soil treatment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. EPA: Environmental Protection Agency.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Provide as part of the close out documents, Treatments and application

instructions, including EPA-Registered Label. B. Product Certificates: Provide as part of the closeout documents, Signed by manufacturers of

termite control products certifying that treatments furnished comply with requirements. C. Qualification Data: Provide as part of the close out documents, For firms and persons specified

in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

D. Soil Treatment Application Report: After application of termiticide is completed, submit report

for Owner's record information, including the following as applicable with close out documents: 1. Date and time of application. 2. Moisture content of soil before application. 3. Brand name and manufacturer of termiticide. 4. Quantity of undiluted termiticide used. 5. Dilutions, methods, volumes, and rates of application used. 6. Areas of application. 7. Water source for application.

E. Warranties: Provide as part of the close out documents, Special warranties specified in this

Section.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A PCO who is licensed according to regulations of authorities having

jurisdiction to apply termite control treatment in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced and has completed termite control treatment similar to that indicated for this Project and whose work has a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Formulate and apply termiticides, and label with a Federal

registration number, to comply with EPA regulations and authorities having jurisdiction.

Page 151: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

TERMITE CONTROL 313116 - 2 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME - HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: To ensure penetration, do not treat soil that is water saturated or

frozen. Do not treat soil while precipitation is occurring. Comply with EPA-Registered Label requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate soil treatment application with excavating, filling, and grading and concreting

operations. Treat soil under footings, grade beams, and ground-supported slabs, before construction.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other

rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Special Warranty: Written warranty 1 year from date of Substantial Completion, signed by

applicator and Contractor certifying that termite control work, consisting of applied soil termiticide treatment, will prevent infestation of subterranean termites. If subterranean termite activity or damage is discovered during warranty period, re-treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation.

1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Continuing Service: Provide a proposal for continuing service, including monitoring, inspection,

and retreatment for occurrences of termite activity, from applicator to Owner, in the form of a standard yearly (or other period) continuing service agreement,

starting on the date of Substantial Completion. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for future renewal options, beyond initial warranty period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL TREATMENT

A. Termiticide: Provide an EPA-registered termiticide complying with requirements of authorities

having jurisdiction, in a soluble or emulsible, concentrated formulation that dilutes with water or foaming agent, and formulated to prevent termite infestation. Use only soil treatment solutions that are not harmful to plants. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum termiticide concentration allowed for each specific use, according to the product's EPA-Registered Label.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with

requirements for moisture content of the soil, interfaces with earthwork, slab and foundation work, landscaping, and other conditions affecting performance of termite control. Proceed with application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

Page 152: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

TERMITE CONTROL 313116 - 3 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME - HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

A. General: Comply with the most stringent requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and with manufacturer's written instructions for preparing substrate. Remove all extraneous sources of wood cellulose and other edible materials such as wood debris, tree stumps and roots, stakes, formwork, and construction waste wood from soil and around foundations.

B. Soil Treatment Preparation: Remove foreign matter and impermeable soil materials that could

decrease treatment effectiveness on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and footings. Termiticides may be applied before placing compacted fill under slabs if recommended by termiticide manufacturer.

C. Fit filling hose connected to water source at the site with a backflow preventer, complying with

requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 APPLICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Comply with the most stringent requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and with

manufacturer's EPA-Registered Label for products. 3.4 APPLYING SOIL TREATMENT

A. Application: Mix soil treatment termiticide solution to a uniform consistency. Provide quantity

required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum specified concentration of termiticide, according to manufacturer's EPA-Registered Label, to the following so that a continuous horizontal and vertical termiticidal barrier or treated zone is established around and under building construction. Distribute the treatment evenly. 1. Slabs-on-Grade and Basement Slabs: Under ground-supported slab construction,

including footings, building slabs, and attached slabs as an overall treatment. Treat soil materials before concrete footings and slabs are placed.

2. Foundations: Adjacent soil including soil along entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating slab, and around interior column footers, piers, and chimney bases; and along entire outside perimeter, from grade to bottom of footing. Avoid soil washout around footings.

3. Crawlspaces: Soil under and adjacent to foundations as previously indicated. Treat adjacent areas including around entrance platform, porches, and equipment bases. Apply overall treatment only where attached concrete platform and porches are on fill or ground.

4. Masonry: Treat voids. 5. Penetrations: At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be

penetrated. B. Avoid disturbance of treated soil after application. Keep off treated areas until completely dry. C. Protect termiticide solution, dispersed in treated soils and fills, from being diluted until ground-

supported slabs are installed. Use waterproof barrier according to EPA-Registered Label instructions.

D. Post warning signs in areas of application. E. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, grading,

landscaping, or other construction activities following application. END OF SECTION 313116

Page 153: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 315001 - 1 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

SECTION 315001- EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Design, furnish, install, monitor, and maintain excavation support and protection system capable of supporting excavation sidewalls and of resisting soil and hydrostatic pressure and superimposed and construction loads.

1. Delegated Design: Design excavation support and protection system, including

comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

2. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means. 3. Install excavation support and protection systems without damaging existing buildings,

structures, and site improvements adjacent to excavation. 4. Monitor vibrations, settlements, and movements.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: For excavation support and protection system. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For excavation support and protection system indicated to comply

with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

D. Other Informational Submittals:

1. Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjacent construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by the absence of, the installation of, or the performance of excavation support and protection systems. Submit before Work begins.

2. Record Drawings: Identifying and locating capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions. a. Note locations and capping depth of wells and well points.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Review methods and procedures related to excavation support and protection system including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Geotechnical report. b. Existing utilities and subsurface conditions. c. Proposed excavations. d. Proposed equipment. e. Monitoring of excavation support and protection system. f. Working area location and stability. g. Coordination with waterproofing. h. Abandonment or removal of excavation support and protection system.

1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS

Page 154: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 315001 - 2 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

A. Interruption of Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt any utility serving facilities occupied by Owner or

others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Engineer, Construction Manager, and Owner no fewer than two days in advance of

proposed interruption of utility. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of utility without Owner's written permission. 3. Make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations necessary for

excavation support and protection. 4. The geotechnical report is referenced elsewhere in the Project Manual.

B. Survey Work: Engage a qualified land surveyor or professional engineer to survey adjacent existing buildings, structures, and site improvements; establish exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations.

C. During installation of excavation support and protection systems, regularly resurvey benchmarks,

maintaining an accurate log of surveyed elevations and positions for comparison with original elevations and positions. Promptly notify Engineer if changes in elevations or positions occur or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials that are either new or in serviceable condition. C. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, ASTM A 690/A 690M, or ASTM A 992/A 992M. C. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A 328/A 328M, ASTM A 572/A 572M, or ASTM A 690/A 690M; with

continuous interlocks. D. Corners: per design of structural engineer engaged by contractor for design. E. Wood Lagging: Lumber, mixed hardwood, nominal rough thickness per design of structural

engineer engaged by contractor for design. F. Shotcrete: Comply with Division 03 Section "Shotcrete" for shotcrete materials and mixes,

reinforcement, and shotcrete application. G. Cast-in-Place Concrete: ACI 301, of compressive strength required for application. H. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.

I. Tiebacks: Steel bars, ASTM A 722/A 722M. J. Tiebacks: Steel strand, ASTM A 416/A 416M.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION

A. Install excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

Page 155: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 315001 - 3 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without

permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Locate excavation support and protection systems clear of permanent construction so that forming

and finishing of concrete surfaces are not impeded. C. Monitor excavation support and protection systems daily during excavation progress and for as

long as excavation remains open. Promptly correct bulges, breakage, or other evidence of movement to ensure that excavation support and protection systems remain stable.

D. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installing excavation support and

protection systems.

3.02 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed improvements from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION 315001

Page 156: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SUBDRAINAGE 334600 - 1 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

SECTION 334600 - SUBDRAINAGE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes subdrainage systems for the following:

1. Foundations. 2. Underslab areas. 3. Retaining walls.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene.

B. HDPE: High-density polyethylene.

C. PE: Polyethylene.

D. PP: Polypropylene.

E. PS: Polystyrene.

F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For drainage conduit, drainage panels, and geotextile fabrics.

1. Perforated pipe. 2. Solid pipe. 3. Pipe with open joints. 4. Drainage conduits. 5. Drainage panels. 6. Geotextile fabrics. 7. Plastic Drainage Grids

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Drainage panel materials and installation shall be compatible with waterproofing of walls below grade.

Page 157: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SUBDRAINAGE 334600 - 2 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers below: 1. Hancor 2. ADS 3. Timewell

2.2 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Refer to various application articles in Part 3 for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials.

B. DRAINAGE PIPES AND FITTINGS

C. Perforated, PE Pipe and Fittings: ASTM F 405, corrugated, for coupled joints.

1. Couplings: Manufacturer's standard, band type.

D. Perforated, PE Pipe and Fittings: ASTM F 667, corrugated, for coupled joints.

1. Couplings: Manufacturer's standard, band type.

E. Perforated, PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 2729, bell-and-spigot ends, for loose joints.

F. Perforated, Concrete Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 444/C 444M, Type 1, and applicable requirements of ASTM C 14/C 14M, Class 2, socket-and-spigot fittings.

1. Gaskets: ASTM C 443/C 443M, rubber.

G. Concrete Drain Tile: ASTM C 412/C 412M; Standard-Quality; Extra-Quality; and Heavy-Duty, Extra-Quality classes, for open joints.

H. Open-Joint Screening: ASTM D 226, Type I, asphalt-saturated roofing felt.

I. Open-Joint Screening: ASTM D 227, coal-tar-saturated roofing felt.

J. Open-Joint Screening: Copper-mesh screening.

K. Open-Joint Screening: Corrosion-resistant metal clips made for this application.

L. Open-Joint Screening: Woven geotextile filter fabric, for a minimum total weight of 3 oz./sq. yd. (0.10 kg/sq. m).

2.3 SPECIAL PIPE COUPLINGS

A. Description: ASTM C 1173. Rubber or elastomeric sleeve and band assembly fabricated to match outside diameters of pipes to be joined.

Page 158: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SUBDRAINAGE 334600 - 3 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

2.4 CLEANOUTS

A. Cast-Iron Pipe: ASME A112.36.2M; with round-flanged, cast-iron housing; and secured, scoriated, Medium-Duty Loading class, cast-iron cover. Include cast-iron ferrule and countersunk, brass cleanout plug.

B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 3034, PVC cleanout threaded plug and threaded pipe hub.

2.5 DRAINAGE CONDUIT

A. Pipe and Fittings: Perforated and corrugated, molded from HDPE complying with ASTM D 3350, with fittings and geotextile filter fabric jacket.

1. Size: 12 inches (305 mm) high by approximately 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick with a minimum flow rate of 30 gpm per foot (62 L/s per 1000 mm).

2. Size: 18 inches (457 mm) high by approximately 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick with a minimum flow rate of 45 gpm per foot (93 L/s per 1000 mm) when tested according to ASTM D 4716.

3. Fittings: HDPE with combination NPS 4 and NPS 6 (DN 100 and DN 150) outlet connection.

4. Couplings: Corrugated HDPE band.

B. Pipe and Fittings: Perforated, molded from HDPE complying with ASTM D 1248 into shape of interconnected corrugated pipes, with fittings and geotextile filter fabric jacket.

1. Size: 6 inches (152 mm) high by approximately 1-1/4 inches (31 mm) thick with a flow rate of 15 gpm per foot (3.1 L/s per 1000 mm) when tested according to ASTM D 4716.

2. Size: 12 inches (305 mm) high by approximately 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) thick with a flow rate of 30 gpm per foot (6.2 L/s per 1000 mm) when tested according to ASTM D 4716.

3. Size: 18 inches (457 mm) high by approximately 3-3/4 inches (95 mm) thick with a flow rate of 45 gpm per foot (9.3 L/s per 1000 mm) when tested according to ASTM D 4716.

4. Fittings: HDPE with combination NPS 4 and NPS 6 (DN 100 and DN 150) outlet connection.

5. Couplings: HDPE.

C. Pipe and Fittings: Perforated, smooth PVC complying with ASTM D 4216 and ASTM D 2729.

1. Size: 6 inches (152 mm) to 8 inches (203 mm) (unless otherwise indicated) high by approximately 2-1/4 inches (57 mm) thick with a minimum flow rate equal to NPS 4 (DN 100) pipe.

2. Fittings: PVC with NPS 4 (DN 100) outlet connection. 3. Couplings: PVC.

2.6 SOIL MATERIALS

A. Impervious Fill: Clay, gravel, and sand mixture.

B. Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, ASTM D 448, coarse aggregate, Size No. 57, with 100 percent passing 1-1/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 5 percent passing No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve.

Page 159: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SUBDRAINAGE 334600 - 4 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

2.7 GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRICS

A. Woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric of PP or polyester fibers, or combination of both. Flow rates range from 110 to 330 gpm per sq. ft. (4480 to 13 440 L/min. per sq. m) when tested according to ASTM D 4491. Available styles are flat and sock.

2.8 PLASTIC DRAINAGE GRID

A. Lightweight injection-molded plastic units usually supplied in pallet format. Square units with hollow clover shaped cups rising from a strong open grid allowing maximum water infiltration and conveyance. Material shall be fabricated from a polyethylene/polypropylene copolymer. Protect material from damage during delivery and store under a tarp or out of sunlight when the time of delivery to installation exceeds 30 days.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine surfaces and areas for suitable conditions where subdrainage systems are to be installed.

B. If subdrainage is required for landscaping, locate and mark existing utilities, underground structures, and aboveground obstructions before beginning installation and avoid disruption and damage of services.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 EARTHWORK

A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."

3.3 SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM APPLICATIONS

A. NPS 4 (DN 100) Piping:

1. Perforated, PE pipe and fittings, couplings, and coupled joints. 2. Perforated, PVC sewer pipe and fittings for loose, bell-and-spigot joints.

B. NPS 6 (DN 150) Piping:

1. Perforated, PE pipe and fittings, couplings, and coupled joints. 2. Perforated, clay pipe and fittings, Standard-Strength class; gaskets; and gasketed joints.

Page 160: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SUBDRAINAGE 334600 - 5 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

3.4 IDENTIFICATION

A. Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping.

1. Install warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Install detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground

structures.

3.5 FOUNDATION DRAINAGE INSTALLATION

A. Bottom Impervious Fill: Place impervious fill material on subgrade adjacent to bottom of footing after concrete footings have been cured and forms removed. Place and compact impervious fill to dimensions indicated, but not less than 6 inches (150 mm) deep and 12 inches (300 mm) wide.

B. Drainage Fill: Place supporting layer of drainage fill over compacted subgrade to compacted depth of not less than 4 inches (100 mm). After installing drainage piping, add drainage fill to width of at least 6 inches (150 mm) on side away from wall and to top of pipe to perform tests. After satisfactory testing, cover piping to width of at least 6 inches (150 mm) on side away from footing and above top of pipe to within 12 inches (300 mm) of finish grade. Place drainage fill in layers not exceeding 3 inches (75 mm) in loose depth; compact each layer placed.

1. Before installing drainage fill, lay flat-style geotextile filter fabric in trench and overlap trench sides. After installing drainage fill, wrap top of drainage fill with flat-style geotextile filter fabric.

2. Encase pipe with sock-style geotextile filter fabric before installing pipe. Connect sock sections with electrical tape.

3. After installing drainage fill, place one layer of flat-style geotextile filter fabric over top of drainage fill, overlapping edges at least 4 inches (100 mm).

C. Install vertical drainage panel as follows:

1. Coordinate placement with other drainage materials. 2. Lay perforated, PE or PVC drainage pipe at base of footing as described elsewhere in

this Specification. Do not install aggregate. 3. Mark horizontal calk line on wall at a point 6 inches (150 mm) less than panel width

above footing bottom. Before marking wall, subtract footing width. 4. Separate 4 inches (100 mm) of fabric at beginning of roll and cut away 4 inches (100

mm) of core. Wrap fabric around end of remaining core. 5. Wrap bottom of panel around drainage pipe. 6. Attach panel to wall at horizontal mark and at beginning of pipe. Place core side of panel

against wall. Use concrete nails with washers through product cylinders to attach panel to wall. Place nails from 2 to 6 inches (50 to 150 mm) below top of panel, approximately 48 inches (1200 mm) apart. Some manufacturers use construction adhesives, metal stick pins, or double-sided tape. Do not penetrate waterproofing. Before using adhesives, discuss with waterproofing manufacturer.

7. If another panel is required on the same row, cut away 4 inches (100 mm) of installed panel core and wrap fabric over new panel.

8. If additional rows of panel are required, overlap lower panel with 4 inches (100 mm) of fabric.

9. Cut panel as necessary to keep top 12 inches (300 mm) below finish grade.

Page 161: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SUBDRAINAGE 334600 - 6 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

10. For inside corners, bend panel. For outside corners, cut core to provide 3 inches (75 mm) for overlap.

11. Do not use drainage panels as protection over waterproof membrane, unless otherwise approved by waterproofing membrane manufacturer.

D. Fill to Grade: Place native fill material over compacted drainage fill Place material in loose-depth layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm). Thoroughly compact each layer. Fill to finish elevations and slope away from building.

3.6 RETAINING-WALL DRAINAGE INSTALLATION

A. Drainage Fill: Place supporting layer of drainage fill over compacted subgrade to compacted depth of not less than 4 inches (100 mm). After installing drainage piping, add drainage fill to width of at least 6 inches (150 mm) on side away from wall and to top of pipe to perform tests. After satisfactory testing, cover piping to width of at least 6 inches (150 mm) on side away from footing and above top of pipe to within 12 inches (300 mm) of finish grade. Place drainage fill in layers not exceeding 3 inches (75 mm) in loose depth; compact each layer placed.

1. Before installing drainage fill, lay flat-style geotextile filter fabric in trench and overlap trench sides. After installing drainage fill, wrap top of drainage fill with flat-style geotextile filter fabric.

2. Encase pipe with sock-style geotextile filter fabric before installing pipe. Connect sock sections with electrical tape.

3. After installing drainage fill, place one layer of flat-style geotextile filter fabric ver top of drainage fill, overlapping edges at least 4 inches (100 mm).

4. Mark horizontal calk line on wall at a point 6 inches (150 mm) less than panel width above footing bottom. Before marking wall, subtract footing width.

5. Separate 4 inches (100 mm) of fabric at beginning of roll and cut away 4 inches (100 mm) of core. Wrap fabric around end of remaining core.

6. Wrap bottom of panel around drainage pipe.

B. Fill to Grade: Place native fill material over compacted drainage fill Place material in loose-depth layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm). Thoroughly compact each layer. Fill to finish grade.

3.7 LANDSCAPING DRAINAGE INSTALLATION

A. Install drainage pipe with a horizontal distance of at least 6 inches (150 mm) between pipe and trench walls. Grade bottom of trench excavations to required slope and compact to firm, solid bed for drainage system.

B. Drainage Fill: Place supporting layer of drainage fill over trench bottom to compacted depth of not less than 4 inches (100 mm). After installing drainage piping, add drainage fill to top of pipe to perform tests. After satisfactory testing, cover piping to within 12 inches (300 mm) of finish grade. Place drainage fill in layers not exceeding 3 inches (75 mm) in loose depth; compact each layer placed.

1. After installing drainage fill, place one layer of flat-style geotextile filter fabric cover top of drainage fill, overlapping edges at least 4 inches (100 mm).

Page 162: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SUBDRAINAGE 334600 - 7 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

2. Before installing drainage fill, lay flat-style geotextile filter fabric in trench and overlap trench sides. After installing drainage fill, wrap top of drainage fill with flat-style geotextile filter fabric.

3. Encase pipe with sock-style geotextile filter fabric before installing pipe. Connect sock sections with electrical tape.

C. Drainage Conduit: Provide trench width to allow installation of drainage conduit. Grade bottom of trench excavations to required slope and compact to firm, solid bed for drainage system.

D. Fill to Grade: Place native fill material over drainage conduit. Place material in loose-depth layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm). Thoroughly compact each layer. Fill to finish grade.

3.8 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Install piping beginning at low points of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Bed piping with full bearing in filtering material. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions and other requirements indicated.

1. Foundation Subdrainage: Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at a minimum slope of 0.5 percent and with a minimum cover of 36 inches (915 mm), unless otherwise indicated.

2. Underslab Subdrainage: Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at a minimum slope of 0.5 percent.

3. Plaza Deck Subdrainage: Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at a minimum slope of 1.0 percent.

4. Retaining-Wall Subdrainage: When water discharges at end of wall into stormwater piping system, install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at a minimum slope of 0.5 percent and with a minimum cover of 36 inches (915 mm), unless otherwise indicated. However, when water discharges through wall weep holes, pipe may be installed with a minimum slope of zero percent.

5. Landscaping Subdrainage: Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at a minimum slope of 0.5 percent and with a minimum cover of 36 inches (915 mm), unless otherwise indicated.

6. Lay perforated pipe with perforations down. 7. Lay open-joint pipe spaced as indicated on Drawings or, if not indicated, with 1/4-inch (6-

mm) space between ends. Cover top two-thirds of joint opening with open-joint screening material and tie with corrosion-resistant wire.

8. Excavate recesses in trench bottom for bell ends of pipe. Lay pipe with bells facing upslope and with spigot end entered fully into adjacent bell.

B. Use increasers, reducers, and couplings made for different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings being connected. Reduction of pipe size in direction of flow is prohibited.

C. Install PE piping according to ASTM D 2321.

D. Install PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321.

E. Install clay piping according to ASTM C 12 and NCPI's "Clay Pipe Engineering Manual."

F. Install concrete piping according to ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Handbook."

Page 163: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SUBDRAINAGE 334600 - 8 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

3.9 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: Hub and spigot, with rubber compression gaskets according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook." Use gaskets that match class of pipe and fittings.

B. Join PE pipe, tubing, and fittings with couplings for soiltight joints according to AASHTO's "Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges," Division II, Section 26.4.2.4, "Joint Properties."

C. Join perforated, PE pipe and fittings with couplings for soiltight joints according to AASHTO's "Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges," Division II, Section 26.4.2.4, "Joint Properties"; or according to ASTM D 2321.

D. Join PVC pipe and fittings according to ASTM D 3034 with elastomeric seal gaskets according to ASTM D 2321.

E. Join perforated, PVC pipe and fittings according to ASTM D 2729, with loose, bell-and-spigot joints.

F. Join perforated, clay pipe and fittings with gaskets according to ASTM C 425.

G. Lay clay pipe and fittings with open joints and open-joint screening material.

H. Join perforated, concrete pipe and fittings with gaskets according to ASTM C 443/C 443M.

I. Special Pipe Couplings: Join piping made of different materials and dimensions with special couplings made for this application. Use couplings that are compatible with and that fit both pipe materials and dimensions.

3.10 FOUNDATION RETAINING-WALL AND LANDSCAPING SUBDRAINAGE CLEANOUT INSTALLATION

A. Install cleanouts from subdrainage piping to grade. Locate cleanouts at beginning of piping run and at changes in direction. Install fittings so cleanouts open in direction of flow in piping.

B. In vehicular-traffic areas, use NPS 4 (DN 100) cast-iron soil pipe and fittings for subdrainage piping branch fittings and riser extensions to cleanout plug. Set cleanout frames and covers in a cast-in-place concrete anchor, 18 by 18 by 12 inches (450 by 450 by 300 mm) in depth. Set top of cleanout plug flush with grade. Cast-iron pipe may also be used for cleanouts in nonvehicular-traffic areas.

C. In nonvehicular-traffic areas, use NPS 4 (DN 100) PVC pipe and fittings for subdrainage piping branch fittings and riser extensions to cleanout plug. Set cleanout frames and covers in a cast-in-place concrete anchor, 12 by 12 by 4 inches (300 by 300 by 100 mm) in depth. Set top of cleanout plug 1 inch (25 mm) above grade.

3.11 SPORTS FIELD DRAINAGE INSTALLATION

A. Playing field contractor shall commence the work after entire subbase has been fine graded to

specified tolerances. Absolutely no installation of sub-surface drainage system materials shall begin without the prior approval of subbase by Owner, Field Engineer and Geo-technical Engi-neer. Subbase elevations of the field shall strictly conform to the grading plan for the field. Playing

Page 164: PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME · index index - 1 kentucky united methodist home - historic home – administration building scb 1672 project manual index volume 3 kentucky united methodist

SUBDRAINAGE 334600 - 9 KENTUCKY UNITED METHODIST HOME – HISTORIC HOME ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SCB 1672

field contractor shall immediately notify Owner, Field Engineer and Geotechnical Engineer if play-ing field subbase does not appear to meet specified tolerances or if other noticeable problems appear to exist such as soft areas or settlement problems.

B. The location of each run of sub-drain pipe shall be staked out and the trench shall be graded us-

ing laser equipment to the grades shown on the plans. Install geotextile on subbase and on bot-tom and sides of trenches with an overhang of the trench sidewall as indicated on the installation details. All pipes shall be carefully placed in the trenches and bedded with approved bedding ma-terial per plan details and specifications. The interior of pipes shall be kept free from dirt, debris and other deleterious material when pipe installation is not in progress by temporarily closing ends of all pipes. After installation of sub-drain pipe, fill trench with specified gravel backfill and plate compact material in trenches. Bedding material must be even with the top of the trench and the rest of the subbase.

C. Install the geotextile across entire subbase. The fabric shall be installed in a roof shingle like pat-

tern with the upslope piece overlapping the down-slope piece. D. Install strip of geo-textile filter fabric over the width and length of the compacted bedding material

at the trench drains. Secure as needed for placement of the material. E. Install the flat drains as indicated on the drawings connecting to the perimeter drain.

F. Install stone over flat drains using properly sized equipment to prevent damage to the flat drains.

G. Sports Field Contractor to verify acceptability of completed subsurface drainage system before

proceeding surface installation.

3.12 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Connect low elevations of subdrainage system to solid building storm drainage system.

3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: After installing drainage fill to top of pipe, test drain piping with water to ensure free flow before backfilling. Remove obstructions, replace damaged components, and repeat test until results are satisfactory.

3.14 CLEANING

A. Clear interior of installed piping and structures of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is completed. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted pipe at end of each day or when work stops.

END OF SECTION 02620